R&S®FPL1000 Spectrum Analyzer User Manual (;ÜQÔ2) Version 09 User Manual 1178337002
This manual applies to the following R&S®FPL1000 models with firmware version 1.60 and later: ● R&S®FPL1003 (1304.0004K03) - FPL1000 with maximum frequency 3 GHz ● R&S®FPL1007 (1304.0004K07) - FPL1000 with maximum frequency 7.5 GHz In addition to the base unit, the following options are described: ● R&S FPL1-B4, OCXO (1323.1902.02) ● R&S FPL1-B5, Additional Interfaces (1323.1883.02) ● R&S FPL1-B9, Internal Generator (1323.1925Kxx) ● R&S FPL1-B10, GPIB interface (1323.1890.
R&S®FPL1000 Contents Contents 1 Preface.................................................................................................... 7 1.1 Key Features..................................................................................................................7 2 Safety and Regulatory Information...................................................... 8 2.1 Safety Instructions........................................................................................................8 2.
R&S®FPL1000 Contents 7 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements)................................ 94 7.1 Configuration Overview..............................................................................................94 7.2 Measurements and Results........................................................................................96 7.3 Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output.................................................. 275 7.4 Frequency and Span Configuration...................
R&S®FPL1000 Contents 10.2 GPIB Languages....................................................................................................... 577 10.3 Network and Remote Control Settings................................................................... 578 10.4 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control...................................................... 591 11 Remote Commands........................................................................... 612 11.
R&S®FPL1000 14.5 Contents Disposal................................................................................................................... 1035 List of Commands (Spectrum mode)............................................. 1037 Index..................................................................................................1055 User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Preface Key Features 1 Preface 1.1 Key Features The R&S FPL1000 sets standards in RF performance and usability.
R&S®FPL1000 Safety and Regulatory Information Safety Instructions 2 Safety and Regulatory Information The product documentation helps you use the product safely and efficiently. Follow the instructions provided here and in the Chapter 2.1, "Safety Instructions", on page 8. Intended use The product is intended for the development, production and verification of electronic components and devices in industrial, administrative, and laboratory environments. Use the product only for its designated purpose.
R&S®FPL1000 Safety and Regulatory Information Safety Instructions Choosing the operating site Only use the product indoors. The product casing is not waterproof. Water that enters can electrically connect the casing with live parts, which can lead to electric shock, serious personal injury or death if you touch the casing. If Rohde & Schwarz provides a carrying bag designed for your product, you can use the product outdoors.
R&S®FPL1000 Safety and Regulatory Information Safety Instructions ● If the product needs an external power supply, use the power supply that is delivered with the product or that is recommended in the product documentation or a power supply that conforms to the country-specific regulations. ● Only connect the product to a power source with a fuse protection of maximum 20 A. ● Ensure that you can disconnect the product from the power source at any time. Pull the power plug to disconnect the product.
R&S®FPL1000 Safety and Regulatory Information Labels on R&S FPL1000 ● Do not expose the battery to high temperatures such as open flames, hot surfaces and sunlight. ● Only use the battery with the designated Rohde & Schwarz product. ● Only use the appropriate Rohde & Schwarz charger to charge the batteries. If the batteries are improperly charged, there is a risk of explosion. For charging and discharging temperature ranges, see the product documentation.
R&S®FPL1000 Safety and Regulatory Information Korea Certification Class A 2.3 Korea Certification Class A 이 기기는 업무용(A급) 전자파 적합기기로서 판매자 또는 사용자는 이 점을 주의하시기 바라며, 가정외의 지역에서 사용하는 것을 목적으로 합니다. User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Documentation-Overview Service Manual 3 Documentation-Overview This section provides an overview of the R&S FPL1000 user documentation. Unless specified otherwise, you find the documents on the R&S FPL1000 product page at: www.rohde-schwarz.com/manual/FPL1000 3.1 Getting Started Manual Introduces the R&S FPL1000 and describes how to set up and start working with the product. Includes basic operations, typical measurement examples, and general information, e.g. safety instructions, etc.
R&S®FPL1000 Documentation-Overview Application Notes, Application Cards, White Papers, etc. https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com 3.4 Instrument Security Procedures Deals with security issues when working with the R&S FPL1000 in secure areas. It is available for download on the Internet. 3.5 Basic Safety Instructions Contains safety instructions, operating conditions and further important information. The printed document is delivered with the instrument. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Documentation-Overview Calibration Certificate 3.9 Calibration Certificate The document is available on https://gloris.rohde-schwarz.com/calcert. You need the device ID of your instrument, which you can find on a label on the rear panel. User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Welcome to the R&S FPL1000 4 Welcome to the R&S FPL1000 The R&S FPL1000 is a new Rohde & Schwarz signal and spectrum analyzer developed to meet demanding customer requirements. Offering low phase noise, wide analysis bandwidth and straightforward and intuitive operation, the analyzer makes measurements fast and easy. This user manual contains a description of the functionality that the instrument provides, including remote control operation.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use 5 Getting Started 5.1 Preparing for Use This chapter describes the basic steps to be taken when setting up the product for the first time. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Lifting and Carrying................................................................................................. 17 Unpacking and Checking........................................................................................ 17 Choosing the Operating Site..................................
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use 5.1.3 Choosing the Operating Site Specific operating conditions ensure accurate measurements and avoid damage to the product and connected devices. For information on environmental conditions such as ambient temperature and humidity, see the data sheet. See also "Choosing the operating site" on page 9. Electromagnetic compatibility classes The electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) class indicates where you can operate the product.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use As an alternative, you can mount several products in a rack. 4. NOTICE! Overheating can damage the product. Prevent overheating as follows: ● ● 5.1.4.2 Keep a minimum distance of 10 cm between the fan openings of the product and any object in the vicinity. Do not place the product next to heat-generating equipment such as radiators or other products. Mounting the R&S FPL1000 in a Rack To prepare the rack 1.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use 3. If placing the R&S FPL1000 on a bench top again, unmount the adapter kit from the R&S FPL1000. Follow the instructions provided with the adapter kit. 5.1.4.3 Portable Operation An optional carrying bag designed specifically for the R&S FPL1000 allows you to protect the instrument while working in the field. The bag includes ventilation areas at the position of the ventilation outlets in the casing to ensure air circulation.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use ● 5.1.5.1 The R&S FPL1000 allows for battery operation if option R&S FPL1-B31 is installed. Connecting the AC Power The R&S FPL1000 can be used with different AC power voltages and adapts itself automatically to it. Refer to the datasheet for the requirements of voltage and frequency. For safety information, see "Connecting to power" on page 9. To connect the AC power 1. Plug the AC power cable into the AC power connector on the rear panel of the instrument.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use 5.1.5.3 Optional Battery Pack (R&S FPL1-B31) As an alternative to the fixed AC or DC power supply, the R&S FPL1000 also allows for battery operation. The "Battery Pack" option R&S FPL1-B31 comprises two Li-ion batteries and an internal charger. The internal charger charges the batteries whenever the instrument is connected to AC or DC power. During operation, if neither DC nor AC power is supplied, the R&S FPL1000 automatically switches to battery operation.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use However, it is not recommended to operate the R&S FPL1000 with only one battery for a longer period. 5.1.6 Switching On or Off Table 5-1: Overview of power states Status LED on Power key Position of main power switch Off gray [0] Standby orange [I] Ready green [I] To switch on the R&S FPL1000 The R&S FPL1000 is off but connected to power. 1. Set the switch on the power supply to position [I]. See Chapter 5.2.2.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use 2. Disconnect the R&S FPL1000 from the power source. 5.1.7 Connecting to LAN You can connect the instrument to a LAN for remote operation via a PC. For details on the connector, see Chapter 5.2.2.7, "LAN", on page 39. ► NOTICE! Risk of network failure.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use However, you can also connect foreign language keyboards; currently the following languages are supported for the R&S FPL1000: ● German ● Swiss ● French ● Russian To configure the keyboard language 1. To access the Windows operating system, press the Windows key on the external keyboard. 2. Select "Start > Settings > Time & language > Region & language > Add a language" . 5.1.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use 5. If necessary, change the screen resolution. Consider the information in the note above. 6. Select the instrument for display: ● ● ● "Display 1": internal monitor only "Display 2": external monitor only "Duplicate": both internal and external monitor 7. Tap "Apply" to try out the settings before they are accepted permanently, then you can easily return to the previous settings, if necessary. 8. Select "OK" if the settings are suitable.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use 3. In the Windows task bar, search for "tablet" and select "Tablet PC Settings" 4. In the "Tablet PC Settings" dialog, select "Setup…". Enter the administrator password to proceed. Observe the message "Touch this screen to identify it as the touchscreen" on the internal touch screen. 5. Tap on the internal touch screen. 6. Press [ENTER]. Observe the message "Touch this screen to identify it as the touchscreen" on the external screen. 7.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use For required settings, refer to the Windows documentation and to the hardware description. 5.1.10.1 Service Packs and Updates Microsoft regularly creates security updates and other patches to protect Windowsbased operating systems. These are released through the Microsoft Update website and associated update server. Instruments using Windows, especially those that connect to a network, should be updated regularly.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Preparing for Use The "Login" dialog box is displayed, in which you can enter the different user account name and password. 5.1.12 Checking the Supplied Options The instrument can be equipped with both hardware and firmware options. To check whether the installed options correspond to the options indicated on the delivery note, proceed as follows. 1. Press the [Setup] key. 2. Press the "System Config" softkey. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour 5.1.14 Considerations for Test Setup Cable selection and electromagnetic interference (EMI) Electromagnetic interference (EMI) can affect the measurement results. To suppress electromagnetic radiation during operation: ● Use high-quality shielded cables, for example, double-shielded RF and LAN cables. ● Always terminate open cable ends. ● Ensure that connected external devices comply with EMC regulations.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour 5 3 4 6 7 2 9 1 8 Figure 5-1: Front panel view of R&S FPL1000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 = = = = = = = = = Power key USB (2.0) connectors System keys Touchscreen Function keys Keypad Navigation controls RF input 50 Ω connector Internal generator output 50 Ω connector *) *) requires Internal Generator option R&S FPL1-B9 5.2.1.1 Touchscreen All measurement results are displayed on the screen on the front panel.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 Figure 5-2: Touchscreen elements 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 = = = = = = = = Toolbar with standard application functions, e.g. print, save/open file etc.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour 5.2.1.2 Power Key The [Power] key is located on the lower left corner of the front panel. It starts up and shuts down the instrument. See also "Connecting to power" on page 9 and Chapter 5.1.5, "Connecting to Power", on page 20. 5.2.1.3 USB The front panel provides two female USB connectors (USB-A, 2.0 standard) to connect devices like a keyboard or a mouse. A memory stick can be connected to store and reload instrument settings and measurement data.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour A detailed description of the corresponding functions is provided in the R&S FPL1000 user manual. Table 5-3: Function keys Function key Assigned functions [Freq] Sets the center frequency and the start and stop frequencies for the frequency range under consideration. This key is also used to set the frequency offset and the signal track function.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour 5.2.1.6 Keypad The keypad is used to enter numeric parameters, including the corresponding units. It contains the following keys: Table 5-4: Keys on the keypad Type of key Description Decimal point Inserts a decimal point "." at the cursor position. Sign key Changes the sign of a numeric parameter. For alphanumeric parameters, inserts a "-" at the cursor position. Unit keys Adds the selected unit to the entered numeric value and complete the entry.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour ● For markers, limit lines, and other graphical elements on the screen: moves their position ● For active scroll bars: moves the scroll bar vertically ● For dialog boxes: Acts like the [ENTER] key when pressed Navigation Keys The navigation keys can be used alternatively to the rotary knob to navigate through dialog boxes, diagrams or tables.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour 1 2 5 16 3 6 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 15 Figure 5-3: Rear panel view 1+2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Removable, rechargeable Li-ion batteries DC power connector AC power supply connection and main power switch with fuse GPIB (IEC 625) interface Reference clock connectors Trigger input connector "DVI" connector for external display "LAN" connector "USB" (3.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour 1 2 3 Pin Description 1 Plus 2 Ground 3 Not used If you use an external power supply unit to supply safety extra-low DC voltage (SELV) to the instrument, be sure to meet the requirements for reinforced/double insulation in accordance with DIN/EN/IEC 61010 (UL 3111, CSA C22.2 No. 1010.1) or DIN/EN/IEC 60950 (UL 1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950). Provide current limitation in accordance with DIN EN 61010-1 Appendix F2.1. Also see "Connecting to power" on page 9.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour Connector Reference signal Usage Ref. In 10 MHz To provide an external reference signal on the R&S FPL1000. 10 dBm Ref. Out 10 MHz 10 dBm To provide the internal reference signal from the R&S FPL1000 to another device continuously. For the R&S FPL1000, this is also used to provide the optional OCXO reference signal to another device. 5.2.2.5 Trigger In Use the female Trigger In connector to input an external trigger or gate data.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour 5.2.2.8 USB The rear panel provides two additional female USB (3.0 standard) connectors to connect devices like a keyboard, a mouse or a memory stick (see also Chapter 5.2.2.8, "USB", on page 40). 5.2.2.9 Sensor Connector The LEMOSA female connector is used to connect power sensors of the R&S NRPZxy family. For a detailed list of supported sensors, see the data sheet. For details on configuring and using power sensors, see Chapter 7.3.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Instrument Tour Pin Signal Description 7 GND Ground 8 to 11 not used for spectrum analysis 12 GND Ground 13 +5 V / max. 250 mA Supply voltage for external circuits 14 to 19 I/O_ Control lines for user ports (see user manual) 20 GND Ground 21 READY FOR TRIGGER Signal indicating that the instrument is ready to receive a trigger signal. The signal polarity is configurable. 22 to 25 23 not used for spectrum analysis GND 24 to 25 5.2.2.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument This connector is only available if the R&S FPL1-B5 option is installed. Conventional noise sources require a voltage of +28 V to be switched on and 0 V to be switched off. The output supports a maximum load of 100 mA. 5.2.2.14 Device ID The unique device identifier is provided as a barcode sticker on the rear panel of the R&S FPL1000. It consists of the device order number and a serial number.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument 5.3.1 Measuring a Basic Signal We will start out by measuring a basic signal, using the internal calibration signal as the input. To display the internal 50 MHz calibration signal 1. Press the [Preset] key to start out in a defined instrument configuration. 2. Press the [Setup] key. 3. Tap the "Service + Support" softkey. 4. Tap the "Calibration Signal" tab. 5. Tap the "Calibration Frequency RF" option. Leave the frequency at the default 50 MHz. 6.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument To optimize the display To optimize the display for the calibration signal, we will adjust the main measurement settings. 1. Set the center frequency to the calibration frequency: a) b) c) d) Tap the "Overview" softkey to display the configuration "Overview". Tap the "Frequency" button. In the "Center" field, enter 50 on the number pad on the front panel. Press the "MHz" key next to the number pad. 2.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument The SmartGrid mode is activated, and the evaluation bar with the available evaluation methods is displayed. 3. Drag the "Spectrogram" icon from the evaluation bar to the diagram area. The blue area indicates that the new diagram would replace the previous spectrum display. Since we do not want to replace the spectrum, drag the icon to the lower half of the display to add an additional window instead.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-7: Spectrogram of the calibration signal 5.3.3 Activating Additional Measurement Channels The R&S FPL1000 features multiple measurement channels, i.e. you can define several measurement configurations in parallel and then switch between the channel setups automatically to perform the measurements sequentially.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-8: Adding a new measurement channel 3. Change the frequency range for this spectrum display: In the "Frequency" dialog box, set the center frequency to 500 MHz and the span to 1 GHz. Figure 5-9: Frequency spectrum of the calibration signal with a larger span 4. Repeat the previous steps to activate a third Spectrum window. 5. Change the frequency range for this spectrum display: User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument In the "Frequency" dialog box, set the center frequency to 50 MHz and tap "Zero Span". 6. Increase the reference level so you can see the level of the calibration signal at 1 dBm. a) In the "Amplitude" dialog box, set the "Reference Level" value to +10 dBm. As the calibration signal does not vary over time, the level versus time diagram displays a straight line. Figure 5-10: Time domain display of the calibration signal 7.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument d) Drag the "Real/Imag (I/Q)" icon from the evaluation bar to the SmartGrid to replace the default "Magnitude" display. Figure 5-11: Inserting a Real/Imag diagram for I/Q analysis e) Close the SmartGrid mode. The "IQ Analyzer" measurement channel displays the real and imaginary signal parts in separate windows. To display the MultiView tab An overview of all active measurement channels is provided in the "MultiView" tab.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-12: The "MultiView" tab 5.3.4 Performing Sequential Measurements Although only one measurement can be performed at any one time, the measurements configured in the active channel setups can be performed sequentially, that means: one after the other, automatically, either once or continuously. 1. Tap the "Sequencer" icon in the toolbar. 2. Toggle the "Sequencer" softkey in the "Sequencer" menu to "On". A continuous sequence is started, i.e.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-13: "MultiView" tab with active Sequencer In Figure 5-13, the "Spectrum 2" measurement is currently active (indicated by the "channel active" icon in the tab label). 3. Stop the Sequencer by tapping the "Sequencer" softkey again. 5.3.5 Setting and Moving a Marker Markers are useful to determine the position of particular effects in the trace. The most common use is to determine a peak, which is the default setting when you activate a marker.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument 6. Now you can move the marker by tapping and dragging it to a different position. The current position is indicated by a dotted blue line. Notice how the position and value change in the marker area of the diagram. User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument 5.3.6 Displaying a Marker Peak List The marker peak list determines the frequencies and levels of peaks in the spectrum automatically. We will display a marker peak list for the "Spectrum 2" measurement channel. 1. Tap the "Spectrum 2" tab. 2. Press the [Run Single] key on the front panel to perform a single sweep for which we will determine the peaks. 3. Tap the "SmartGrid" icon in the toolbar to activate SmartGrid mode. 4.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-14: Marker Peak List 5.3.7 Zooming into the Display To analyze the areas around the peak levels in more detail, we will zoom into the top 3 peaks. 1. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar. The icon is highlighted to indicate that multiple zoom mode is active. 2. Tap the diagram near the first peak and drag your finger to the opposite corner of the zoom area.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-16: Zoomed display around a peak 3. In Figure 5-17, the enlarged peak is represented by a very thick trace. This is due to the insufficient number of sweep points. The missing sweep points for the zoomed display are interpolated, which provides poor results. To optimize the results, we will increase the number of sweep points from the default 1001 to 32001. a) b) c) d) e) Press the [Sweep] key on the front panel.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument 4. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar again and define a zoom area around markers M2, M3 and M4. Figure 5-18: Multiple zoom windows 5. Tap the "Multiple Zoom" icon in the toolbar again and define a zoom area around marker M5. 6. To increase the size of the third zoom window, drag the "splitter" between the windows to the left or right or up or down. User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-19: Enlarged zoom window 5.3.8 Saving Settings To restore the results of our measurements later, we will store the instrument settings to a file. To save the instrument settings to a file 1. Tap the "Save" icon in the toolbar. 2. Press the keyboard key on the front panel to display the online keyboard, as you will have to enter text in the next step. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument Figure 5-20: Saving the instrument settings to a file 4. Tap the "Save" button. The file MyMultiViewSetup.dfl is stored in the default directory C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\Save. To load stored instrument settings You can restore the settings to the instrument at any time using the settings file. 1.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Trying Out the Instrument 5.3.9 Printing and Saving Results Finally, after a successful measurement, we will document our results. First we will export the numeric trace data, then we will create a screenshot of the graphical display. To export the trace data 1. Press the [Trace] key on the front panel. 2. Tap the "Trace Config" softkey. 3. Tap the "Trace / Data Export" tab. 4. Tap the "Export Trace to ASCII File" button. 5. Enter the file name MyMultiViewResults.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument 5.4 Operating the Instrument This chapter provides an overview on how to work with the R&S FPL1000. Remote control In addition to working with the R&S FPL1000 interactively, located directly at the instrument, it is also possible to operate and control it from a remote PC.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument 1 2 3 4 5 1 2+3 4 5 6 = = = = = 6 Channel bar for firmware and measurement settings Window title bar with diagram-specific (trace) information Diagram area with marker information Diagram footer with diagram-specific information, depending on measurement application Instrument status bar with error messages and date/time display Hiding elements in the display You can hide some of the elements in the display, for example the status bar or channel
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument each channel, a separate tab is displayed on the screen. To switch from one channel display to another, simply select the corresponding tab. If many tabs are displayed, select the tab selection list icon at the right end of the channel bar. Select the channel you want to switch to from the list. MultiView tab An additional tab labeled "MultiView" provides an overview of all active channels at a glance.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument Channel-specific settings Beneath the channel name, information on channel-specific settings for the measurement is displayed in the channel bar. Channel information varies depending on the active application.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument The following types of information are displayed, if applicable. Table 5-7: Common settings displayed in the channel bar SGL The sweep is set to single sweep mode.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument 5.4.1.2 Window Title Bar Each channel in the R&S FPL1000 display can contain several windows. Each window can display either a graph or a table as a result of the channel measurement. The window title bar indicates which type of evaluation is displayed. Which type of result evaluation is displayed in which window is defined in the display configuration (see Chapter 7.2.2, "Basic Evaluation Methods", on page 117).
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument Marker information in diagram grid Within the diagram grid, the x-axis and y-axis positions of the last two markers or delta markers that were set are displayed, if available, as well as their index. The value in the square brackets after the index indicates the trace to which the marker is assigned. (Example: M2[1] defines marker 2 on trace 1.) For more than two markers, a separate marker table is displayed beneath the diagram by default.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument 5.4.1.5 Label Information ms/ Time per division (time domain display) Pts Number of sweep points or (rounded) number of currently displayed points in zoom mode Instrument and Status Information Global instrument settings and functions, the instrument status and any irregularities are indicated in the status bar beneath the diagram. In the MultiView tab, the status bar always displays the information for the currently selected measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument Table 5-8: Status bar information - color coding Color Type Description Red Error An error occurred at the start or during a measurement, e.g. due to missing data or wrong settings, so that the measurement cannot be started or completed correctly. Orange Warning An irregular situation occurred during measurement, e.g. the settings no longer match the displayed results, or the connection to an external device was interrupted temporarily.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument 5.4.2.1 Toolbar Functions Standard functions can be performed via the icons in the toolbar at the top of the screen. You can hide the toolbar display, e.g. when using remote control, to enlarge the display area for the measurement results ("Setup" > "Display" > "Displayed Items"). See Chapter 9.2.1.2, "Displayed Items", on page 503. Print immediately........................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument The undo function is useful, for example, if you are performing a zero span measurement with several markers and a limit line defined and accidentally select a different measurement. In this case, many settings would be lost. However, if you press [UNDO] immediately afterwards, the previous status is retrieved, i.e. the zero span measurement and all settings. Note: The [UNDO] function is not available after a [PRESET] or "Recall" operation.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument Windows Displays the Windows "Start" menu and task bar. See "To access the "Start" menu" on page 27. 5.4.2.2 Softkeys Softkeys are virtual keys provided by the software. Thus, more functions can be provided than those that can be accessed directly via the function keys on the instrument. Softkeys are dynamic, i.e. depending on the selected function key, a different list of softkeys is displayed on the right side of the screen.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument 5.4.2.4 On-screen Keyboard The on-screen keyboard is an additional means of interacting with the instrument without having to connect an external keyboard. The on-screen keyboard display can be switched on and off as desired using the "OnScreen Keyboard" function key beneath the screen.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument 5.4.3 Entering Data Data can be entered in dialog boxes using one of the following methods: ● Using the touchscreen, via the online keyboard ● Using other elements provided by the front panel, e.g. the keypad, rotary knob, or navigation keys The rotary knob acts like the [ENTER] key when it is pressed.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument Correcting an entry 1. Using the arrow keys, move the cursor to the right of the entry you want to delete. 2. Press the [Backspace] key. The entry to the left of the cursor is deleted. 3. Enter your correction. Completing the entry ► Press the [ENTER] key or the rotary knob. Aborting the entry ► Press the [ESC] key. The dialog box is closed without changing the settings. 5.4.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument Dragging Move your finger from one position to another on the display, keeping your finger on the display the whole time. By dragging your finger over a table or diagram you can pan the displayed area of the table or diagram to show results that were previously out of view. Figure 5-22: Dragging Pinching and spreading two fingers Move two fingers together on the display (pinch) or move two fingers apart on the display (spread).
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument Figure 5-24: Spreading Touch gestures in diagrams change measurement settings When you change the display using touch gestures, the corresponding measurement settings are adapted. This is different to selecting an area on the screen in zoom mode, where merely the resolution of the displayed trace points is changed temporarily (graphical zoom). For example: ● Dragging horizontally in a spectrum display changes the center frequency.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument Mouse operation Touch operation n.a. (Change hardware settings) Spread and pinch two fingers Mouse wheel to scroll up or down Swipe Dragging scrollbars to scroll up or down, left or right Swipe In (graphical) Zoom mode only: dragging the borders of the displayed rectangle to change its size Touch, then drag and release Example: You can scroll through a long table in conventional mouse operation by clicking in the table's scrollbar repeatedly.
R&S®FPL1000 Getting Started Operating the Instrument 2. Select the screen element to change the focus. A topic containing information about the selected (now focused) screen element is displayed. User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Available Applications 6 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays The R&S FPL1000 allows you to perform all sorts of different analysis tasks on different types of signals, e.g. Analog Demodulation, I/Q analysis or basic spectrum analysis. Depending on the task or type of signal, a different set of measurement functions and parameters are required.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Available Applications Spectrum.......................................................................................................................80 I/Q Analyzer.................................................................................................................. 80 Analog Demod.............................................................................................................. 80 Noise Figure.....................
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Defining Channel Setups 6.2 R&S MultiView Each application is displayed in a separate tab. If more than one application is active, an additional tab ("MultiView") provides an overview of all currently active channel setups at a glance. In the "MultiView" tab, each individual window contains its own channel setup bar. Select the channel setup bar to switch to an application quickly. 6.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Defining Channel Setups Switching between channel setups When you switch to a new channel setup, a set of parameters is passed on from the current channel setup to the new one: ● Center frequency and frequency offset ● Reference level and reference level offset ● Attenuation After initial setup, the parameters for the channel setup are stored upon exiting and restored upon re-entering the channel setup.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Running a Sequence of Measurements New Channel Setup ← Defining a channel setup The application selected on this tab of the dialog box activates a new channel setup, i.e. a new tab in the display. Note: The channel setups are labeled with the application name. If that name already exists, a sequential number is added. You can change the name of the channel setup by double-tapping the name in the channel setup bar and entering a new name.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Running a Sequence of Measurements tively, a Sequencer function is provided, which changes the channel setup of the instrument as required. If activated, the measurements configured in the currently defined "Channel"s are performed one after the other in the order of the tabs. For each individual measurement, the sweep count is considered. Thus, each measurement may consist of several sweeps.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Running a Sequence of Measurements Example: Sequencer procedure Assume the following active channel setup definition: Tab name Application Sweep mode Sweep count Spectrum Spectrum Cont. Sweep 5 Spectrum 2 Spectrum Single Sweep 6 Spectrum 3 Spectrum Cont.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Running a Sequence of Measurements The "Single Sweep" and "Continuous Sweep" softkeys control the sweep mode for the currently selected channel setup only; the sweep mode only has an effect the next time the Sequencer activates that channel setup, and only for a channel-defined sequence. In this case, a channel setup in single sweep mode is swept only once by the Sequencer. A channel setup in continuous sweep mode is swept repeatedly. 6.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Channel Setup Overview 1. Configure a channel setup for each measurement configuration as required, including the sweep mode. 2. In the toolbar, select the "Sequencer" icon. The "Sequencer" menu is displayed. 3. Toggle the "Sequencer" softkey to "On". A continuous sequence is started immediately. 4.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Configuring Result Displays Using this overview, you can easily configure an entire channel setup from input over processing to output and analysis by stepping through the dialog boxes as indicated. See Chapter 7, "The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements)", on page 94 for details on configuration. 6.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Configuring Result Displays Principally, the layout of the windows on the screen is based on an underlying grid, the SmartGrid. However, the SmartGrid is dynamic and flexible, allowing for many different layout possibilities. The SmartGrid functionality provides the following basic features: 6.6.1.1 ● Windows can be arranged in columns or in rows, or in a combination of both.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Configuring Result Displays Figure 6-1: Moving a window in SmartGrid mode The brown area indicates the possible "drop area" for the window, i.e. the area in which the window can be placed. A blue area indicates the (approximate) layout of the window as it would be if the icon were dropped at the current position.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Configuring Result Displays SmartGrid functions Once the evaluation icon has been dropped, icons in each window provide delete and move functions. The "Move" icon allows you to move the position of the window, possibly changing the size and position of the other displayed windows. The "Delete" icon allows you to close the window, enlarging the display of the remaining windows. 6.6.1.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Configuring Result Displays "How to Arrange the Result Windows", on page 92 for more information on positioning the window). Remote command: LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? on page 750 / LAYout:WINDow:ADD? on page 754 6.6.1.4 How to Close a Result Window ► To close a window, activate SmartGrid mode and select the "Delete" icon for the window. Remote command: LAYout:REMove[:WINDow] on page 752 / LAYout:WINDow:REMove on page 755 6.6.1.
R&S®FPL1000 Applications, Measurement Channels, and Result Displays Configuring Result Displays Remote command: LAYout:REPLace[:WINDow] on page 752 / LAYout:WINDow:REPLace on page 755 6.6.2 Changing the Size of Windows Each channel setup tab may contain several windows to evaluate the measurement results using different methods. A "splitter" allows you to change the size of neighboring windows. The splitters are not available in SmartGrid mode.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Configuration Overview 7 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) The Spectrum application provides basic RF measurements in the frequency and time domain. The common settings for these measurements are described here. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Configuration Overview...........................................................................................94 Measurements and Results.................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Configuration Overview Using this overview, you can easily configure an entire channel setup from input over processing to output and analysis by stepping through the dialog boxes as indicated. In particular, the "Overview" provides quick access to the following configuration dialog boxes (listed in the recommended order of processing): 1. "Select Measurement" See Chapter 7.2, "Measurements and Results", on page 96 2. Input See Chapter 7.3.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2 Measurements and Results Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" Or: [MEAS] In the Spectrum application, the R&S FPL1000 provides a variety of different measurement functions.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ● ● ● ● ● ● Statistical Measurements (APD, CCDF)............................................................... 212 Time Domain Power Measurement.......................................................................226 Harmonic Distortion Measurement........................................................................231 Third Order Intercept (TOI) Measurement............................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Most result evaluations can also be used for zero span measurements, although some functions (e.g. markers) may work slightly differently and some may not be available. If so, this will be indicated in the function descriptions (see Chapter 7.2.2, "Basic Evaluation Methods", on page 117).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 6. To start the measurement, select one of the following: ● ● [RUN SINGLE] key "Single Sweep" softkey in the "Sweep" menu The defined number of sweeps are performed, then the measurement is stopped. While the measurement is running, the [RUN SINGLE] key is highlighted. To abort the measurement, press the [RUN SINGLE] key again. The key is no longer highlighted. The results are not deleted until a new measurement is started.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Table 7-1: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Frequency 128 MHz Level -30 dBm ● ● Measuring the Level and Frequency Using Markers.............................................100 Measuring the Signal Frequency Using the Signal Counter................................. 101 Measuring the Level and Frequency Using Markers The level and frequency of a sinusoidal signal can be measured easily using the marker function.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Reducing the frequency span to 10 kHz ► Reduce the frequency span to 10 kHz. The resolution of the trace is now approximately 10 Hz (10 kHz span / 1001 trace points), thus, the precision of the marker frequency display increases to approximately ±5 Hz. Setting the Reference Level The reference level is the level at the upper limit of the diagram.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Prerequisite Precise frequency measurements require a precise reference frequency. Therefore, an external reference frequency from the signal generator is used. Connect the signal generator's "Ref OUT" connector to the analyzer's "Ref IN" connector. 1. Select [PRESET] to reset the instrument. 2. Set the center frequency to 128 MHz. 3. Set the frequency span to 1 MHz. 4.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results This measurement example shows the different factors influencing the S/N ratio. Table 7-2: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Frequency 128 MHz Level -95 dBm 1. Preset the R&S FPL1000. 2. Set the center frequency to 128 MHz. 3. Set the span to 100 MHz. 4. Set the reference level to-30 dBm. The signal is measured with the auto peak detector and is completely hidden in the intrinsic noise of the R&S FPL1000.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-2: RF sine wave signal with low S/N ratio with an averaged trace 6. Instead of trace averaging, you can select a video filter that is narrower than the resolution bandwidth. Set the trace mode back to "Clear/ Write", then set the VBW to 10 kHz manually in the "Bandwidth" configuration dialog. The RF signal can be distinguished from noise more clearly.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The displayed noise is reduced by approximately 10 dB. The signal, therefore, emerges from noise by about 10 dB. Compared to the previous setting, the video bandwidth has remained the same, i.e. it has increased relative to the smaller resolution bandwidth. The averaging effect of the video bandwidth is therefore reduced. The trace will be noisier. Figure 7-4: Reference signal at a smaller resolution bandwidth 7.2.1.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results In this measurement example we will analyze two signals with a level of -30 dBm each and a frequency spacing of 30 kHz. Figure 7-5: Test setup Table 7-3: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW) Level Frequency Signal generator 1 -30 dBm 128,00 MHz Signal generator 2 -30 dBm 128,03 MHz 1. Select [PRESET] to reset the instrument. 2. Set the center frequency to 128.015 MHz. 3. Set the frequency span to 300 kHz. 4.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-6: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with the resolution bandwidth which corresponds to the frequency spacing of the signals Matching generator and R&S FPL1000 frequencies The level drop is located exactly in the center of the display only if the generator frequencies match the frequency display of the R&S FPL1000 exactly.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-7: Measurement of two equally-leveled RF sinusoidal signals with a resolution bandwidth which is larger than their frequency spacing 6. Set the resolution bandwidth to 1 kHz. The two generator signals are shown with high resolution. However, the sweep time becomes longer. At smaller bandwidths, the noise display decreases simultaneously (10 dB decrease in noise floor for a decrease in bandwidth by a factor of 10).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Measuring the Modulation Depth of an AM-Modulated Carrier in the Frequency Domain In the frequency range display, the AM side bands can be resolved with a narrow bandwidth and measured separately. The modulation depth of a carrier modulated with a sinusoidal signal can then be measured. Since the dynamic range of a signal analyzer is very large, extremely small modulation depths can also be measured precisely.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-10: Measurement of the AM modulation depth The modulation depth is displayed as "MDepth". The frequency of the AF signal can be obtained from the frequency display of the delta marker. Measuring AM-Modulated Signals The R&S FPL1000 rectifies the RF input signal (that is, removes the negative parts) and displays it as a magnitude spectrum. The rectification also demodulates AM-modulated signals.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 4. Set the sweep time to 2.5 ms. 5. Set the reference level to 6 dBm and the display range to linear ([AMPT] > "Scale Config" > "Scaling": "Linear Percent"). 6. Define triggering in response to the AF signal using the video trigger to produce a static image. a) Press the [TRIG] key. b) Select "Video". c) Set the "Trg/Gate Level" to 50%. The trigger level is displayed as a horizontal line across the entire measurement diagram.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Both the power during the send phase as well as the timing and duration of the TDMA burst, and rise and fall times of the burst, are important. ● ● Measuring the Power Characteristic of Burst Signals........................................... 112 Measuring the Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Burst Signals..........................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results c) d) e) f) Select "Time Dom Power Config". Set the "Limits" state to "On". Select the "Left Limit" input field. By turning the rotary knob clockwise, move the vertical line "S1" to the start of the burst. g) Select the "Right Limit" input field. h) By turning the rotary knob clockwise, move the vertical line "S2" to the end of the burst.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The measurement is based on the example "Measuring the Power of a GSM Burst During the Activation Phase" on page 112. 1. Switch off the power measurement. a) Press the [MEAS] key. b) Select "Zero Span". 2. Increase the time resolution by setting the sweep time to 100 µs ([SWEEP] > "Sweep Time Manual"). 3. Shift the rising edge of the GSM burst to the center of the display by defining a trigger offset. a) Press the [TRIG] key.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-17: Falling edge of the GSM burst displayed with high time resolution Measuring the Signal-to-Noise Ratio of Burst Signals When TDMA transmission methods are used, the signal-to-noise ratio or the dynamic range for deactivation can be measured by comparing the power values during the activation phase and the deactivation phase of the transmission burst.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 6. Set the sweep time to 2 ms ([SWEEP] > "Sweep Time Manual"). The R&S FPL1000 shows the GSM burst continuously across the display. 7. Use the trigger source "Video" and the trigger slope "Rising" to trigger on the rising edge of the burst and shift the start of the burst to the center of the display (see step 3 in "Measuring the Edges of a GSM Burst with High Time Resolution" on page 113). 8.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 10. Note down the power result for the measured noise, indicated by the "TD Pow RMS" result in the marker table. Subtract the measured noise power from the burst power to obtain the signal-tonoise ratio of the burst signal. 7.2.2 Basic Evaluation Methods Measurement results can be displayed and evaluated using various different methods, also at the same time.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Tip: To navigate within long marker tables, simply scroll through the entries with your finger on the touchscreen. Remote command: LAY:ADD? '1',RIGH, MTAB, see LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? on page 750 Results: CALCulate:MARKer:X on page 845 CALCulate:MARKer:Y on page 858 Marker Peak List The marker peak list determines the frequencies and levels of peaks in the spectrum or time domain.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command: LAY:ADD? '1',RIGH, RSUM, see LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? on page 750 Spectrogram A spectrogram shows how the spectral density of a signal varies over time. The x-axis shows the frequency or sweep time, the y-axis shows the measurement time. A third dimension, the power level, is indicated by different colors. Thus you can see how the strength of the signal varies over time for different frequencies.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results This measurement is only available if the optional internal generator is installed (R&S FPL1-B9) and active, and only in the Spectrum application. Thus, you can use the internal generator signal as a reference input signal for your power-converting DUT. Then you can compare the DUT input to its output at the RF input of the analyzer.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.3.1 About the Power Sweep Compression Point Measurement The compression point refers to the power level at which a power-converting device deviates from a linear input to output relation. The compression point of an amplifier defines the upper limit of its dynamic range. Using an optional internal generator, the R&S FPL1000 can perform a power sweep to determine the compression point of a device under test.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results RF Input power Ideal trace 1 dB Reference point 1 dB compr. point x dB x dB compr. point Actual trace Generator output power Figure 7-21: Compression point calculation Level offset In an ideal measurement setup, the relation between the output power of the DUT to the input power is linear throughout the measured power range. However, due to cable loss, for instance, a level offset can occur.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results RF Input power Linear trace (Ref 1) Linear trace (Ref 2) Ref. Point 2 Reference point 1 1 dB 1 dB cp (Ref 1) 1 dB 1 dB cp (Ref 2) Actual trace Generator output power Figure 7-22: Reference point offset However, you can shift the reference point anywhere within the specified power sweep range. In this case, the linear trace on which the deviation or compression calculation is based is also shifted.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The result summary contains the following results: ● "Compression Point": Level of compression ● "Reference": Used reference point for calculation ● "Generator Level": Input level of the DUT at which the compression occurs ● "Measured Level": Output level of the DUT at which the compression occurs Remote commands: FETCh:CMEasurement:P1DB[:RESult]? on page 637 FETCh:CMEasurement:P3DB[:RESult]? on page 637 FETCh:CMEasure
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results General power sweep settings are described in "Power Sweep Settings" on page 295. Compression Measurement State...............................................................................125 Reference....................................................................................................................125 Compression Points.........................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command: Enable calculation: CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:P1DB[:STAT] on page 635 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:P3DB[:STAT] on page 636 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:PNDB[:STAT] on page 636 CONFigure:CMEasurement:RESult:CVALue on page 635 Query results: FETCh:CMEasurement:P1DB[:RESult]? on page 637 FETCh:CMEasurement:P3DB[:RESult]? on page 637 FETCh:CMEasurement:PNDB[:RESult]? on page 637 7.2.3.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.4 Channel Power and Adjacent-Channel Power (ACLR) Measurement Measuring the power in channels adjacent to the carrier or transmission channel is useful to detect interference. The results are displayed as a bar chart for the individual channels. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 7.2.4.1 About Channel Power Measurements.................................................................. 127 Channel Power Results...............................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.4.2 Channel Power Results For channel or adjacent-channel power measurements, the individual channels are indicated by different colored bars in the diagram. The height of each bar corresponds to the measured power of that channel. In addition, the name of the channel ("Adj", "Alt %1", "Tx %1", etc., or a user-defined name) is indicated above the bar (separated by a line which has no further meaning).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results In the R&S FPL1000 display, only the first neighboring channel of the carrier (TX) channel is labeled "Adj" (adjacent) channel; all others are labeled "Alt" (alternate) channels. In this manual, "Adjacent" refers to both adjacent and alternate channels. The measured power values for the TX and adjacent channels are also output as a table in the Result Summary window.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results All instrument settings for the selected channel setup (channel bandwidth, channel spacing) can be optimized automatically using the "Adjust Settings" function (see "Optimized Settings (Adjust Settings)" on page 138). The easiest way to configure a measurement is using the configuration "Overview", see Chapter 7.1, "Configuration Overview", on page 94. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Sweep Time..................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The "Sweep Time" can be defined using the softkey in the "Ch Power" menu or in the "Sweep" configuration dialog box (see "Sweep Time" on page 138). Frequency Span The frequency span must cover at least the channels to be measured plus a measurement margin of approximately 10 %.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results You can optimize the resolution bandwidth for the defined channel settings. Use the "Adjust Settings" function in the "Ch Power" menu or the "General Settings" tab of the "ACLR Setup" dialog box (see "Optimized Settings (Adjust Settings)" on page 138). You can set the RBW manually in the "Bandwidth" configuration dialog box, see "RBW" on page 266.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results PRMS = power represented by a measurement point When the power has been calculated, the power units are converted into decibels and the value is displayed as a measurement point. In principle, the sample detector would be possible as well. Due to the limited number of measurement points used to calculate the power in the channel, the sample detector would yield less stable results.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chapter 11.6.4, "Measuring the Channel Power and ACLR", on page 638. ● ● General CP/ACLR Measurement Settings............................................................134 Channel Setup......................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Standard The main measurement settings can be stored as a standard file. When such a standard is loaded, the required channel and general measurement settings are automatically set on the R&S FPL1000. However, the settings can be changed. Predefined standards are available for standard measurements, but standard files with userdefined configurations can also be created.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results For details see "How to Manage User-Defined Configurations" on page 143.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Selected Trace The CP/ACLR measurement can be performed on any active trace. Remote command: [SENSe:]POWer:TRACe on page 633 Absolute and Relative Values (ACLR Mode) The powers of the adjacent channels are output in dBm or dBm/Hz (absolute values), or in dBc, relative to the specified reference Tx channel. "Abs" The absolute power in the adjacent channels is displayed in the unit of the y-axis, e.g. in dBm, dBµV.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Note: In adjacent-channel power measurement, the power is always referenced to a transmission channel (see "Reference Channel" on page 136), thus, this function is not available. Remote command: [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE on page 646 Optimized Settings (Adjust Settings) All instrument settings for the selected channel setup (channel bandwidth, channel spacing) can be optimized automatically.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Channel Bandwidth..................................................................................................... 139 Channel Spacings....................................................................................................... 139 Limit Check................................................................................................................. 140 Weighting Filters.....................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results If the spacings are not equal, the channel distribution in relation to the center frequency is as follows: Odd number of Tx channels The middle Tx channel is centered to center frequency. Even number of Tx channels The two Tx channels in the middle are used to calculate the frequency between those two channels. This frequency is aligned to the center frequency.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results CALCulate:LIMit- :ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe on page 649 CALCulate:LIMit
- :ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative] on page 648 CALCulate:LIMit
- :ACPower:ALTernate:ABSolute:STATe on page 650 CALCulate:LIMit
- :ACPower:ALTernate:ABSolute on page 649 CALCulate:LIMit
- :ACPower:ALTernate[:RELative]:STATe on page 652 CALCulate:LIMit
- :ACPower:ALTernate[:RELative] on page 650 CALCulate:LIMit
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ● ● ● ● How to Perform a Standard Channel Power Measurement.................................. 142 How to Set Up the Channels.................................................................................142 How to Manage User-Defined Configurations.......................................................143 How to Compare the Tx Channel Power in Successive Measurements...............
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ► To configure the channels in the "Ch Power" dialog box, select "Ch Power" > "CP / ACLR Config" > "Channel Settings" tab. In the "Channel Setup" dialog box, you can define the channel settings for all channels, independent of the defined number of used Tx or adjacent channels. To define channel spacings Channel spacings are normally defined by the selected standard but can be changed.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 2. Configure the measurement as required (see also "How to Set Up the Channels" on page 142). 3. In the "General Settings" tab, select the "Manage User Standards" button to display the "Manage" dialog box. 4. Define a filename and storage location for the user standard. By default, the XML file is stored in C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\acp_std\. However, you can define any other storage location. 5. Select "Save".
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results A programming example demonstrating an ACLR measurement in a remote environment is provided in Chapter 11.6.4.8, "Programming Examples for Channel Power Measurements", on page 654. ● ● Measurement Example 2 – Measuring Adjacent Channel Power of a W-CDMA Uplink Signal.........................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The R&S FPL1000 sets the optimum RF attenuation and the reference level for the power in the transmission channel to obtain the maximum dynamic range. The following figure shows the result of the measurement. Figure 7-23: Measuring the relative adjacent channel power on a W-CDMA uplink signal The R&S FPL1000 measures the power of the individual channels. A root raised cosine filter with the parameters α = 0.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 2. Set the center frequency to 1 GHz and the span to 1 MHz. 3. To obtain maximum sensitivity, set RF attenuation to 0 dB and the reference level to -40 dBm. 4. Select the "Channel Power ACLR" measurement function from the "Select Measurement" dialog box. 5. In the "ACLR Setup" dialog box, set up a single Tx channel with the channel bandwidth 1.23 MHz. 6. Select the "Adjust Settings" softkey.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.4.8 ● Increase the RBW to minimize the measurement time; however, consider the requirements of the standard if you need to measure according to standard! The automatic settings are always according to standard. ● Take advantage of the speed optimization mode in the "Sweep" settings if you do not require the larger dynamic range (see "Optimization" on page 327).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.5 Carrier-to-Noise Measurements Measures the carrier-to-noise ratio. C/No measurements normalize the ratio to a 1 Hz bandwidth. ● ● ● ● 7.2.5.1 About the Measurement........................................................................................149 Carrier-to-Noise Results........................................................................................150 Carrier-to-Noise Configuration......................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.5.2 Carrier-to-Noise Results As a result of the carrier-to-noise measurement the evaluated bandwidth and the calculated C/N ratio are displayed in the result window. The fixed reference marker is indicated in the diagram.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Carrier-to-noise measurements are not available in zero span mode. The easiest way to configure a measurement is using the configuration "Overview", see Chapter 7.1, "Configuration Overview", on page 94. The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chapter 11.6.5, "Measuring the Carrier-to-Noise Ratio", on page 656. C/N.....................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Channel Bandwidth Defines the channel bandwidth. The default setting is 14 kHz. Remote command: [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth[:CHANnel] on page 641 Adjust Settings Enables the RMS detector and adjusts the span to the selected channel bandwidth according to: "4 x channel bandwidth + measurement margin" The adjustment is performed once; if necessary, the setting can be changed later on.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results cations system, for instance, the occupied bandwidth must be limited to enable distortion-free transmission in adjacent channels. ● ● ● ● ● 7.2.6.1 About the Measurement........................................................................................153 OBW Results.........................................................................................................155 OBW Configuration...............................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results OBW within defined search limits - multicarrier OBW measurement in one sweep The occupied bandwidth of the signal can also be determined within defined search limits instead of for the entire signal. Thus, only a single sweep is required to determine the OBW for a multicarrier signal.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.6.2 OBW Results As a result of the OBW measurement the occupied bandwidth ("Occ Bw") is indicated in the marker results. Furthermore, the marker at the center frequency and the temporary markers are indicated. The measurement is performed on the trace with marker 1. In order to evaluate another trace, marker 1 must be placed on another trace (see Assigning the Marker to a Trace).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results This measurement is not available in zero span. Configuring search limits for OBW measurement The OBW measurement uses the same search limits as defined for marker search (see "Search Limits" on page 356). However, only the left and right limits are considered. The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chapter 11.6.6, "Measuring the Occupied Bandwidth", on page 657. % Power Bandwidth.................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Channel Bandwidth Defines the channel bandwidth for the transmission channel in single-carrier measurements. This bandwidth is used to optimize the test parameters (for details see "Adjust Settings" on page 157). The default setting is 14 kHz. For measurements according to a specific transmission standard, define the bandwidth specified by the standard for the transmission channel.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.6.4 How to Determine the Occupied Bandwidth The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to determine the occupied bandwidth. For remote operation, see Chapter 11.6.6.2, "Programming Example: OBW Measurement", on page 658. How to determine the OBW for a single signal 1. Press the [MEAS] key or select "Select Measurement" in the "Overview". 2. Select the "OBW" measurement function.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 8. Continue in this way until all carriers have been measured. 7.2.6.5 Measurement Example In the following example, the bandwidth that occupies 99 % of the total power of a PDC signal at 800 MHz, level 0 dBm is measured. A programming example demonstrating an OBW measurement in a remote environment is provided in Chapter 11.6.6.2, "Programming Example: OBW Measurement", on page 658. 1. Preset the R&S FPL1000. 2.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.7.1 About the Measurement The Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) measurement defines a measurement that monitors compliance with a spectral mask. The mask is defined with reference to the input signal power. The R&S FPL1000 allows for a flexible definition of all parameters in the SEM measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Example: For example, in Figure 7-25, "31 < P < 39" is indicated as the used power class is defined from 31 to 39. Figure 7-25: Spectrum Emission Mask result displays In addition to the graphical results of the SEM measurement displayed in the diagram, a result summary is displayed to evaluate the limit check results (see also "Limit Lines in SEM Measurements" on page 166).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Label Description "Power Rel" Peak power level within the range, relative to the "Tx Power" "ΔLimit" Deviation of the peak power level from the limit line You can define in which detail the data is displayed in the result summary in the "List Evaluation" settings (see "List Evaluation (Results Configuration)" on page 185). By default, one peak per range is displayed.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-27: SEM results for multiple sub blocks Retrieving results via remote control The measurement results of the spectrum emission mask test can be retrieved using the CALC:LIM:FAIL? command from a remote computer; see CALCulate: LIMit- :FAIL? on page 914 for a detailed description.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Ranges and Range Settings In the Spectrum Emission Mask measurements, a range defines a segment for which you can define the following parameters separately: ● Start and stop frequency ● RBW ● VBW ● "Sweep Time" ● "Sweep Points" ● Reference level ● Attenuator settings ● Preamplifier settings ● Transducer settings ● Limit values Via the sweep list, you define the ranges and their settings.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ● The maximum number of ranges is 30. ● The minimum number of ranges is 3. ● The reference range cannot be deleted. ● Center the reference range on the center frequency. ● The current "Tx Bandwidth" defines the minimum span of the reference range (see "Channel Power Settings" on page 181). ● Define frequency values for each range relative to the center frequency.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Limit Lines in SEM Measurements For the R&S FPL1000, the spectrum emission mask is defined using limit lines. Limit lines allow you to check the measured data (that is, the trace results) against specified limit values. Generally, it is possible to define limit lines for any measurement in the Spectrum application application using the [Lines] function.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Limit check type Pass/fail criteria Limit line definition "Relative with function f(x)" If the power exceeds both the absolute and the relative limits, the check fails (see Relative limit line functions below) Defined by the maximum of the absolute or relative start and stop limit values for each range. Thus, the start or stop point of the limit range, or both, are variable (since the maximum can vary).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Although a margin functionality is not available for the limit check, a margin (threshold) for the peak values to be displayed in the Result Summary can be defined. (In the "List Evaluation" settings, see "List Evaluation (Results Configuration)" on page 185). Fast SEM Measurements To improve the performance of the R&S FPL1000 for spectrum emission mask measurements, a "Fast SEM" mode is available.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Consequences When the "Fast SEM" mode is activated, the ranges for which these criteria apply are displayed as one single range. The sweep time is defined as the sum of the individual sweep times, initially, but can be changed. If "Symmetrical Setup" mode is active when "Fast SEM" mode is activated, not all sweep list settings can be configured symmetrically automatically (see also "Symmetrical Setup" on page 179).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Comparison to "traditional" SEM measurement The default SEM measurement is simply a special case of "Multi-SEM" - consisting of one single block. Only if the number of sub blocks in the basic SEM configuration is larger than 1, multiple sub blocks are inserted in the configuration settings and result tables.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-29: Behavior for overlapping masks ● For the ranges in which multiple limit lines are significant, a range-specific function determines the behavior of the limit check Limit calculation for individual ranges For each range a function can be defined that determines the behavior of the limit check if there are multiple limit lines: ● "NONE": In reference ranges no limit check is performed; Reference ranges always us
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Different RBWs in overlapping ranges If different RBWs are defined for the overlapping ranges, the following parameters from the range with the smaller RBW are considered for both ranges: ● RBW ● VBW ● Attenuation ● Reference level ● Transducer ● Filter type ● (proportional) sweep time In the range with the higher RBW, the following offset is applied to the limit line: -10*log(RBWlarge / RBWsmall) Table 7-12: Lim
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-30: Summarized limit line for multiple sub blocks 7.2.7.5 SEM Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Spectrum Emission Mask" The SEM measurement is started immediately with the default settings. The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chapter 11.6.7, "Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask", on page 659.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ● ● ● ● ● ● Sweep List.............................................................................................................174 Multi-SEM (Sub Block) Settings ........................................................................... 179 Reference Range..................................................................................................180 Power Classes.....................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results RF Attenuation............................................................................................................ 176 Preamp........................................................................................................................177 Transducer Factor....................................................................................................... 177 Limit Check .................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results For details on the RBW, see Chapter 7.6.1.1, "Separating Signals by Selecting an Appropriate Resolution Bandwidth", on page 317. Remote command: [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:BANDwidth:RESolution on page 664 VBW Sets the video bandwidth for this range. For details on the VBW, see Chapter 7.6.1.2, "Smoothing the Trace Using the Video Bandwidth", on page 318.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Preamp Switches the preamplifier on or off. For details on the preamplifier, see "Preamplifier" on page 313. Remote command: [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:INPut:GAIN:STATe on page 668 Transducer Factor Sets a transducer for the specified range. You can only choose a transducer that fulfills the following conditions: ● ● ● The transducer overlaps or equals the span of the range. The x-axis is linear. The unit is dB.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results If the function is set to "Max", you can define a relative and an absolute limit level. In this case, the maximum of the two values is used as the limit level. For more information, see "Relative limit line functions" on page 167.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Insert before Range / Insert after Range Inserts a new range to the left (before) or to the right (after) of the range in which the cursor is currently displayed. The range numbers of the currently focused range and all higher ranges are increased accordingly. The maximum number of ranges is 30. Remote command: [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:INSert on page 668 Delete Range Deletes the currently focused range, if possible.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Sub Block Count......................................................................................................... 180 Sub Block / Center Freq..............................................................................................180 Standard......................................................................................................................180 Edit Sweep List.......................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Power Reference Type................................................................................................181 Channel Power Settings..............................................................................................181 └ Tx Bandwidth................................................................................................ 181 └ RRC Filter State.........................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command: [SENSe:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] on page 677 Alpha: ← Channel Power Settings Sets the alpha value of the RRC filter (if activated). Remote command: [SENSe:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa on page 677 Power Classes Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Spectrum Emission Mask" > "Power Classes" You can configure power classes which you can then assign to sweep list ranges.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command: CALCulate:LIMit- :ESPectrum:PCLass[:EXCLusive] on page 681 To define all limits in one step: CALCulate:LIMit
- :ESPectrum:PCLass:LIMit[:STATe] on page 681 PMin/ PMax Defines the power limits for each power class. The first range always starts at -200 dBm (-INF) and the last range always stops at 200 dBm (+INF). These fields cannot be modified.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results For details, see "How to Manage SEM Settings Files" on page 189. Standard files for sub blocks (Multi-SEM measurements) If more than one sub blocks are defined, the "Standard Files" tab and softkey are not available. To load a standard file for an individual sub block, use the Multi-SEM (Sub Block) Settings setting in the "Sub Blocks" tab. Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files.........................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results File names must be compatible with the Windows conventions for file names. In particular, they must not contain special characters such as ":", "*", "?". For details on the filename and location, see Chapter 8.2.2.2, "Storage Location and Filename", on page 461. Load Standard Loads the selected measurement settings file.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results List Evaluation State (Result Summary)..................................................................... 186 Show Peaks................................................................................................................ 186 Margin......................................................................................................................... 186 Saving the Result Summary (Evaluation List) to a File......
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Saving the Result Summary (Evaluation List) to a File Exports the Result Summary of the SEM measurement to an ASCII file for evaluation in an external application. If necessary, change the decimal separator for evaluation in other languages. Define the filename and storage location in the file selection dialog box that is displayed when you select the "Save" function.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ● ● ● The required resolution bandwidth or sweep time Transducer factors Permitted deviation from the defined signal level, i.e. the required limit values for monitoring If the signal consists of a transmission channel and adjacent channels, the channel ranges can usually be used for the range definition. 3. If the signal power level to be monitored varies and the limits vary, define power classes.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 10. To save the current SEM measurement settings to a file to re-use them later, save a settings file as described in "How to save a user-defined SEM settings file" on page 190. 11. Start a sweep. The determined powers and limit deviations for each range are indicated in the Result Summary. If activated, the peak power levels for each range are also indicated in the Spectrum diagram. 12.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results SEM settings or standard files are managed in the "Standard" tab of the "Spectrum Emission Mask" dialog box. To display this dialog box, select the "Overview" softkey and then the "SEM Setup" button. How to load an SEM settings file 1. From the file selection dialog box, select the settings file (with a .xml extension). 2. Select the "Load" button.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 1. Configure and perform an SEM measurement as described in Chapter 7.2.7.6, "How to Perform a Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement", on page 187. 2. In the "Overview", select the "Analysis" button. 3. If necessary, change the "Decimal Separator" to "COMMA" for evaluation in other languages. 4. Select the "Save" button. 5. In the file selection dialog box, select a storage location and filename for the result file. 6.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Setting up the measurement 1. Preset the R&S FPL1000. 2. Set the center frequency to 903.25 MHz. 3. Set the reference level to 10 dBm with an offset of to 30 dB. 4. Press the [MEAS] key or select "Select Measurement" in the "Overview". 5. Select the "SEM" measurement function. 6. Select the "Sub Blocks" softkey and enter "Sub Block Count" of 2. 7.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.7.8 Reference: SEM File Descriptions This reference provides details on the format of the SEM settings and result files. ● ● Format Description of SEM XML Files.................................................................. 193 ASCII File Export Format (Spectrum Emission Mask)..........................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Example: In the sample file PowerClass_39_43.xml under C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP, these attributes are defined as follows: ● Standard="W-CDMA 3GPP" ● LinkDirection="DL" ● PowerClass="(39,43)dBm" The "PowerClass" element It is embedded in the BaseFormat element and contains settings information about the power classes. Up to four different power classes can be defined.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results "Method" ● The "PowerClass" element is structured as follows: –
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 1 Sum Table 7-13: Attributes and child nodes of the BaseFormat element Child Node Attribute Value FileFormatVersion 1.0.0.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Table 7-15: Attributes and child nodes of the Range element (normal ranges) Child node Attribute Value Parameter description Mand.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Child node VBW Attribute Value Type NORM | PULS | CFIL | RRC Bandwidth "VBW" on page 176 Yes NEG | POS | SAMP | RMS | AVER | QUAS If used, it has to be identical in all ranges. No Mode Manual | Auto "Sweep Time Mode" on page 176 Yes Time
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results File contents Explanation y-Axis;LOG; Level Range;100.000000;dB Trace settings Trace Mode;CLR/WRITE; Detector;RMS; Sweep Count;0; Trace 1:; x-Unit;Hz; y-Unit;dBm; List evaluation settings Margin;200; Peak List margin Reference range settings RefType; CPOWER; Reference power type TxBandwidth;3840000;;Hz Channel power settings Filter State; ON; Alpha;0.22; PeaksPerRange;1; Max.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ● ● ● ● ● ● 7.2.8.1 About the Measurement........................................................................................200 Spurious Emissions Measurement Results...........................................................200 Spurious Emissions Basics................................................................................... 201 Spurious Emissions Measurement Configuration......................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Column Description Range Low Frequency range start for the range the peak value belongs to Range Up Frequency range end for the range the peak value belongs to RBW RBW of the range Frequency Frequency at the peak value Power Abs Absolute power level at the peak value ΔLimit Deviation of the absolute power level from the defined limit for the peak value By default, one peak per range is displayed.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Ranges and Range Settings Conditions for ranges The following rules apply to ranges: ● The minimum span of a range is 20 Hz. ● The individual ranges must not overlap (but can have gaps). ● The maximum number of ranges is 30 ● The maximum number of sweep points in all ranges is limited to 100001. You can define a span that is smaller than the combined span of the ranges.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results As for general limit lines, the results of each limit line check are displayed (here: "_SPURIOUS_LINE_ABS_"), as well as the combined result for all defined limit lines ("Limit Check"). The limit check is considered to be "' failed!" if any signal level outside the absolute limits is measured. If the limit check is activated, the limit line values for each range are displayed in the evaluation list.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Sweep List Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Spurious Emissions" > "Sweep List" For Spurious Emissions measurements, the input signal is split into several frequency ranges which are swept individually and for which different limitations apply. If you edit the sweep list, always follow the rules and consider the limitations described in "Ranges and Range Settings" on page 202. Range Start / Range Stop..............
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Abs Limit Start/ Abs Limit Stop....................................................................................207 Insert before Range/ Insert after Range......................................................................207 Delete Range..............................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command: [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:SWEep:TIME on page 695 Detector Sets the detector for the range. For details, refer to "Mapping Samples to sweep Points with the Trace Detector" on page 386. Remote command: [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:DETector on page 691 Reference Level Sets the reference level for the range. For details on the reference level, see Chapter 7.5.1.1, "Reference Level", on page 308.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Transducer Sets a transducer for the specified range. You can only choose a transducer that fulfills the following conditions: ● ● ● The transducer overlaps or equals the span of the range. The x-axis is linear. The unit is dB. For details on transducers, see Chapter 9.7.1, "Basics on Transducer Factors", on page 523.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results List Evaluation Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "Spurious Emissions" > "List Evaluation" Configure the contents and display of the result list. List Evaluation State................................................................................................... 208 Show Peaks................................................................................................................ 208 Margin...............
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Margin A margin functionality is not available for the limit check. However, you can define a margin (=threshold) for the peak values to be displayed in the evaluation list. Only peaks that exceed the margin value are displayed (also in the diagram, if activated). Remote command: CALCulate:PEAKsearch:MARGin on page 698 Details Configures how detailed the list in the Result Summary is.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The "Spurious Emissions" dialog box is displayed. 4. Split the frequency span of the measurement into ranges for signal parts with similar characteristics. Define the required ranges in the "Sweep List" using the "Insert before Range" and "Insert after Range" buttons, which refer to the currently selected range. 5. Define the measurement parameters for each range as required. 6. Optionally, define a limit check.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 6. Select the "Save" button. The file with the specified name and the extension .dat is stored in the defined storage location. 7.2.8.6 Reference: ASCII Export File Format (Spurious) The file has a header containing important parameters for scaling, several data sections containing the sweep settings per range, and a data section containing the peak list.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results File contents Explanation PeaksPerRange;25; Max. number of peaks per range to be detected Values;3; Number of detected peaks File data section 0;9000;150000;1000;79500;-25.006643295288086;- Measured peak values: 12.006643295288086;PASS; ; 0;9000;150000;1000;101022.11126961483;-47.075 ; 111389160156;-34.075111389160156;PASS; ; 0;9000;150000;1000;58380.171184022824;-47.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results width is automatically set to 10 times the analysis bandwidth. The sample detector is used for detecting the video voltage. Statistic measurements on pulsed signals can be performed using a gated trigger. For details see Chapter 7.2.9.4, "APD and CCDF Basics - Gated Triggering", on page 215. 7.2.9.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results In addition to the histogram, a result table is displayed containing the following information: ● Number of samples used for calculation ● For each displayed trace: – Mean amplitude – Peak amplitude – Crest factor The crest factor is defined as the peak power to mean power ratio or, logarithmically, as the peak level minus the average level of the signal.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ● For each displayed trace: Mean Mean power Peak Peak power Crest Crest factor (peak power – mean power) 10 % 10 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB 1% 1 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB 0,1 % 0,1 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB 0,01 % 0,01 % probability that the level exceeds mean power + [x] dB Percent marker In addition to the results for s
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.9.5 APD and CCDF Configuration Configuration consists of the following settings: ● Make sure the specified reference level is higher than the measured peak value (see "Reference Level" on page 311). ● ● ● Basic Settings....................................................................................................... 217 Gate Range Definition for APD and CCDF.........................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Basic Settings Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "APD"/"CCDF" > "APD Config"/ "CCDF Config" The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chapter 11.6.9, "Analyzing Statistics (APD, CCDF)", on page 701. Both dialog boxes are identical except for the "Percent Marker" setting, which is only available for CCDF measurements. Percent Marker (CCDF only)...............................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Number of Samples Defines the number of power measurements that are taken into account for the statistics. For statistics measurements with the R&S FPL1000, the number of samples to be measured is defined instead of the sweep time. Since only statistically independent samples contribute to statistics, the sweep or measurement time is calculated automatically and displayed in the channel bar ("Meas Time").
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Up to three ranges can be defined for each of the six available traces. Comment.....................................................................................................................219 Period..........................................................................................................................219 Range Use.....................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Note: You can define the time values with a greater numerical resolution than is displayed; the values are only rounded for display.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results X-Axis Defines the scaling settings for signal level values. Ref Level ← X-Axis Defines the reference level for the signal levels in the currently active unit (dBm, dBµV, etc.). For the APD function this value corresponds to the right diagram border. For the CCDF function there is no direct representation of this value on the diagram as the x-axis is scaled relatively to the measured mean power.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results X-axis ref level: -10 dBm X-axis range APD: 100 dB X-axis range CCDF: 20 dB Y-axis upper limit: 1.0 Y-axis lower limit: 1E-6 Remote command: CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet on page 705 Adjust Settings Adjusts the level settings according to the measured difference between peak and minimum power for APD measurement or peak and mean power for CCDF measurement in order to obtain maximum power resolution.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 4. For each active trace, define up to three ranges within the time period to be measured. In the example covering 3 pulses, you could define one range for each pulse. a) Assuming the external trigger determines T=0 as the start of the first pulse, define the start time of range 1 at 0 s. b) Define the stop time of range 1 at the duration of the first pulse. c) Activate range 1 by setting "Range 1 Use" to On.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The instrument has to be configured as follows: Trigger Offset t2 – t1 = 25 µs now the gate ranges are relative to t2 Range1 Start t3 – t2 = 15 µs start of range 1 relative to t2 Range1 End t4 – t2 = 553 µs end of range 1 relative to t2 Measurement Example – Measuring the APD and CCDF of White Noise Generated by the R&S FPL1000 Setting the analysis bandwidth When the amplitude distribution is measured, the analysis b
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-33: Amplitude probability distribution of white noise 4. Now select the "CCDF" measurement function from the "Select Measurement" dialog box. Figure 7-34: CCDF of white noise User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The CCDF trace indicates the probability that a level will exceed the mean power. The level above the mean power is plotted along the x-axis of the graph. The origin of the axis corresponds to the mean power level. The probability that a level will be exceeded is plotted along the y-axis. 7.2.9.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Mode Description Peak Peak value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. RMS RMS value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. Mean Mean value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. The linear mean value of the equivalent voltages is calculated.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results between signal and noise power of a TDMA signal for instance can be measured by using a measurement as a reference value and then varying the measurement range. In order to get stable measurement results for a limited evaluation range, usually a trigger is required. 7.2.10.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Results Activates the power results to be evaluated from the displayed trace or a limited area of the trace. "Peak" Peak power over several measurements (uses trace averaging, Max Hold) "RMS" RMS value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. "Mean" Mean value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment thereof. The linear mean value of the equivalent voltages is calculated.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results To measure the power in the time domain 1. Select the [MEAS] key. 2. From the "Select Measurement" dialog box, select the "Time Domain Power" measurement function. 3. Select the type of power measurement results to be determined by selecting the corresponding softkeys. 4.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7. Select the "Time Domain Power" measurement function from the "Select Measurement" dialog box. 8. In the Time Domain Power configuration dialog box, set all four results to "On". 9. Set the "Limit State" to "On". 10. Define the left limit at 326 μs and the right limit at 538 μs. This range corresponds to the useful part of the GSM burst. The mean power of the useful part of the GSM burst is calculated to be -13 dBm. 7.2.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The Harmonic Distortion measurement then performs zero span sweeps at the center frequency and at each harmonic, i.e. at frequencies that are a multiple of the center frequency. As a result, the zero span sweeps on all harmonics are shown, as well as the RMS values and the total harmonic distortion (THD).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-35: Extrapolation of the 1st and 2nd harmonics to the 2nd harmonic intercept at 40 dBm The following formula for the obtainable harmonic distortion d2 in dB is derived from the straight-line equations and the given intercept point: d2 = S.H.I – PI (1) where: d2 = harmonic distortion S.H.I.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The maximum harmonic distortion is obtained if the level of the harmonic equals the intrinsic noise level of the receiver. The level applied to the mixer, according to (2), is: At a resolution bandwidth of 10 Hz (noise level -143 dBm, S.H.I. = 40 dBm), the optimum mixer level is – 51.5 dBm. According to (1) a maximum measurable harmonic distortion of 91.5 dB minus a minimum S/N ratio of 4 dB is obtained.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results In addition, a result table is displayed providing the following information: ● First harmonic frequency ● THD (total harmonic distortion), relative and absolute values ● For each detected harmonic: – Frequency – RBW – Power Remote commands The results can also be queried using remote commands. The first harmonic frequency can be read out via the general center frequency command [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer on page 760.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chapter 11.6.11, "Measuring the Harmonic Distortion", on page 720. Number of Harmonics................................................................................................. 236 Harmonic Sweep Time................................................................................................ 236 Harmonic RBW Auto....................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results If harmonic measurement was performed in the time domain, this function adjusts the reference level only. Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet on page 722 7.2.11.5 How to Determine the Harmonic Distortion In Chapter 7.9.6, "Measurement Example: Measuring Harmonics Using Marker Functions", on page 384, measuring harmonics was described using marker functions.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.12.1 About the TOI Measurement If several signals are applied to a transmission two-port device with nonlinear characteristic, intermodulation products appear at its output at the sums and differences of the signals. The nonlinear characteristic produces harmonics of the useful signals which intermodulate at the characteristic.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-36: Intermodulation products Ps1 and Ps2 The intermodulation product at fi2 is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal PU2 and signal PU1. The intermodulation product at fi1 is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal PU1 and signal PU2.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-37: Dependency of intermodulation products on level of useful signals The useful signals at the two-port output increase proportionally with the input level as long as the two-port is in the linear range. A level change of 1 dB at the input causes a level change of 1 dB at the output. Beyond a certain input level, the two-port goes into compression and the output level stops increasing.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Intermodulation-free dynamic range The "Intermodulation-free dynamic range", i.e. the level range in which no internal intermodulation products are generated if two-tone signals are measured, is determined by the third order intercept point, the phase noise and the thermal noise of the signal analyzer. At high signal levels, the range is determined by intermodulation products.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Figure 7-39: Intermodulation-free dynamic range as a function of level at the input mixer and of the selected resolution bandwidth (Useful signal offset = 10 to 100 kHz, DANL = -145 dBm/Hz, TOI = 15 dBm; typical values at 2 GHz).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command The TOI can also be queried using the remote commands: CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult? on page 725. CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult:MAXimum? on page 725 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult:MINimum? on page 726 7.2.12.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Marker 1/Marker 2/Marker 3/Marker 4 Indicates the detected characteristic values as determined by the TOI measurement (see Chapter 7.2.12.3, "TOI Results", on page 242). The marker positions can be edited; the TOI is then recalculated according to the new marker values. To reset all marker positions automatically, use the Search Signals function.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Test setup: Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMW): Device Level Frequency Signal generator 1 -4 dBm 799.6 MHz Signal generator 2 -4 dBm 800.4 MHz Setting up the measurement 1. Preset the R&S FPL1000. 2. Set the center frequency to 800 MHz and the frequency span to 3 MHz. 3. Set the reference level to -10 dBm and RF attenuation to 0 dB. 4. Set the resolution bandwidth to 10 kHz.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The third order intercept (TOI) is displayed in the marker information. 2. The level of a signal analyzer's intrinsic intermodulation products depends on the RF level of the useful signals at the input mixer. When the RF attenuation is added, the mixer level is reduced and the intermodulation distance is increased. With an additional RF attenuation of 10 dB, the levels of the intermodulation products are reduced by 20 dB.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.13 AM Modulation Depth Measurement This measurement determines the AM modulation depth of an AM-modulated carrier. ● ● ● ● ● 7.2.13.1 About the Measurement........................................................................................247 AM Modulation Depth Results...............................................................................247 AM Modulation Depth Configuration...................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command: The AM modulation depth can also be queried using the remote command CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult? on page 728. 7.2.13.3 AM Modulation Depth Configuration Access: "Overview" > "Select Measurement" > "AM Modulation Depth" > "AM Mod Depth Config" The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chapter 11.6.13, "Measuring the AM Modulation Depth", on page 727.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Marker Description M1 Maximum of the signal (= carrier level) D2 Offset of next peak to the right of the carrier D3 Offset of the next peak to the left of the carrier The marker positions can be edited; the modulation depth is then recalculated according to the new marker values. To reset all marker positions automatically, use the Search Signals function. Note: Moving the marker positions manually.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.13.5 How to Determine the AM Modulation Depth The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to determine the AM modulation depth. For remote operation, see Chapter 11.6.13.2, "Example: Measuring the AM Modulation Depth", on page 728. 1. Apply a modulated carrier signal to the R&S FPL1000 input. 2. On the R&S FPL1000, press the [MEAS] key. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.14.1 About the EMI Measurement EMI measurements can be very time-consuming, especially if weighting detectors are required for the measurement. In addition, EMC testing often requires various procedures to locate local EMI maxima. Such procedures are, for example, movements of an absorbing clamp, variations in the height of the test antenna or the rotation of the DUT.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Initial peak search results - Marker Table As a result of the initial peak search, the active markers are set to the positive peaks of the measured signal. If Auto peak search and limit lines are active, the active markers are set to the peak delta values between the measured signal and the limit lines. The active marker levels and positions are displayed in the Marker Table.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ● ● ● Initial Measurement - Peak Search....................................................................... 259 Final Measurement at the Marker Position........................................................... 260 Limit Checks..........................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Restrictions for the R&S FPL1000 using CISPR detectors Specific detectors are available for EMI measurements using the CISPR filter (Quasipeak, CISPR Average, RMS Average).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results ● Pulsed signals: the time must be long enough to capture several complete pulses (at least 10) ● The time is determined by the lowest modulation frequency to be averaged RMS detector The RMS detector displays the root mean square (RMS) value over the specified dwell time. The integration time is the specified dwell time. The RMS detector is already available with the base unit.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results CISPR Average detector (CISPR filter only) The CISPR Average detector displays a weighted average signal level according to CISPR 16-1-1. The average value according to CISPR 16-1-1 is the maximum value detected while calculating the linear average value during the specified dwell time. The CISPR Average detector is only available for the CISPR filter.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The detector parameters depend on the measured frequency. The time lag of the simulated pointer instrument reflects the weighting factor of the signal depending on its form, modulation, etc.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Example: Linear axis: With a linear axis, the distance between the sweep points is equal, e.g. 200 kHz. Logarithmic axis: With a logarithmic axis, the distance between sweep points is variable. In the spectrum from 10 Hz to 100 Hz, the distance is a few Hz. Between 100 MHz and 1 GHz, the distance is several MHz. The R&S FPL1000 EMI measurement supports a maximum of 200001 sweep points.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results For the ENV216 network, a 150 kHz high pass filter is available to protect the input of the R&S FPL1000. Using Transducer Factors The R&S FPL1000 EMI measurement provides functionality to include transducer factors in the test setup. Transducers are devices like antennas, probes or current probes that are connected to the R&S FPL1000 to measure interferences or useful signals.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Manual peak search If automatic peak search is off, you can set the markers to any frequency you need more information about manually. You can change the marker position with the rotary knob or the cursor keys, or position it to a particular frequency with the number keys. Setting markers is the same as setting markers in other Spectrum measurements. For more information see Chapter 7.9, "Marker Usage", on page 345.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The results of the final measurement are shown in the Result Summary (see Chapter 7.2.14.2, "EMI Measurement Results", on page 251). Defining a Dwell Time for the Final Measurement EMC tests often require a specific dwell time for an EMI measurement. The dwell time defines how long the R&S FPL1000 measures the signal at the frequencies of the marker positions.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The initial peak search for the R&S FPL1 EMI measurement is defined by the marker configuration. Selected Marker.......................................................................................................... 262 Marker State................................................................................................................262 Marker Position X-value.......................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Marker Type Toggles the marker type. The type for marker 1 is always "Normal", the type for delta marker 1 is always "Delta". These types cannot be changed. Note: If normal marker 1 is the active marker, switching the "Mkr Type" activates an additional delta marker 1. For any other marker, switching the marker type does not activate an additional marker, it only switches the type of the selected marker.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer:TRACe on page 844 Final Test Detector Defines the detector to be used for the final EMI test at the marker frequency. This setting is only available if the EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) measurement option is installed. For details, see "Detectors and Dwell Time" on page 253. Note: The trace detector configured in the trace settings is used for the initial peak search only, see Chapter 7.10.1.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer[:STATe] on page 844 CALCulate:DELTamarker[:STATe] on page 842 EMI Final Measurement Configuration The final EMI measurement can be performed with different settings than the initial peak search. These settings are described here. User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results The detector to be used for the final EMI test can be defined differently for each frequency, thus the detector is configured in the EMI marker settings, see "Final Test Detector" on page 264. Filter Type................................................................................................................... 266 RBW.......................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Automatic Peak Search If activated, a peak search is performed automatically for all active markers after each sweep. If Auto peak search and limit lines are active, the active markers are set to the peak delta values between the measured signal and the limit lines. Note: The general search functions Auto Max Peak Search / Auto Min Peak Search are not available for EMI measurements.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DETector on page 730 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DETector on page 730 Frequency Axis Scaling Switches between linear and logarithmic scaling for the frequency axis. By default, the frequency axis has linear scaling.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results For more information see "Controlling V-Networks (LISN)" on page 258. LISN Type................................................................................................................... 269 Phase.......................................................................................................................... 269 150 kHz Highpass...................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 7.2.14.5 EMI Result Analysis The R&S FPL1 EMI measurement provides functionality to analyze the results. Marker Demodulation The R&S FPL1000 is able to demodulate AM and FM signals for acoustic tests and monitoring purposes. When the demodulator function is active, the R&S FPL1 EMI measurement demodulates the signal continuously (regardless of the "Continuous Demodulation" setting in the marker function configuration).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results b) Select the "Trace Config" softkey to configure as many traces as required. 4. Press the [MEAS] key on the front panel and select the "EMI" measurement. The EMI main menu is displayed. 5. Select the "EMI Config" softkey and define the resolution bandwidth and filter type to be used for the measurement. By default, the R&S FPL1000 uses a filter with a 3 db bandwidth.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results 13. Optionally, select or configure limit lines against which the marker results are checked. a) Press the [Lines] key and then the "Lines Config" softkey, then select the "Lines Config" tab. b) In the "Line Config" dialog box, select the "View Filter" option: "Show Compatible". All stored limit lines with the file extension .
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results A programming example demonstrating an EMI measurement in a remote environment is provided in Chapter 11.6.14.8, "Programming Example: EMI Measurement", on page 736. Preparing the measurement 1. Press the [PRESET] key. The R&S FPL1000 restores the default settings. 2. Define the frequency range of the measurement. a) Press the [FREQ] key. b) Press the "Start Frequency" softkey and enter a frequency of 150 kHz.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Measurements and Results a) Press the [SWEEP] key on the front panel. b) Select the "Sweep Config" softkey. c) Set the number of "Sweep Points" to 200000. 10. Press the [AMPT] key, then select the "Amplitude Config" softkey and, in the "Amplitude" dialog box, select V as the "Unit". Performing the measurement 1. Configure the EMI measurement markers. In this example we will use 6 markers.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 7.2.14.8 Optimizing and Troubleshooting EMI Measurements If the results do not meet your expectations, try the following methods to optimize the measurement: Number of sweep points The resolution bandwidth should cover at least one sweep point (more is better). If this condition is not met, signals or interferences could be missed during refined measurement of narrowband interferers.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output RF Input Protection The RF input connector of the R&S FPL1000 must be protected against signal levels that exceed the ranges specified in the data sheet. Therefore, the R&S FPL1000 is equipped with an overload protection mechanism. This mechanism becomes active as soon as the power at the input mixer exceeds the specified limit. It ensures that the connection between RF input and input mixer is cut off.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output "Auto" The R&S FPL1000 determines which IF path to use automatically, depending on the used analysis bandwidth. "Off" The wide IF path is always used. Remote command: INPut:FILTer:SAW on page 789 7.3.2 Power Sensors The R&S FPL1000 can also analyze data from a connected power sensor. The "Sensor" connector is provided by the "Additional Interfaces" option R&S FPL1B5.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 7.3.2.2 Power Sensor Settings Access: "Overview" > "Input" > "Power Sensor" tab The power sensor measurement requires the option R&S FPL1-K9. Each sensor is configured on a separate tab. State............................................................................................................................278 Continuous Value Update..............................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: [SENSe:]PMETer
[:STATe] on page 798 Continuous Value Update If activated, the power sensor data is updated continuously during a sweep with a long sweep time, and even after a single sweep has completed. This function cannot be activated for individual sensors.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: [SENSe:]PMETer
:FREQuency:LINK on page 796 Unit/Scale Selects the unit with which the measured power is to be displayed. Available units are dBm, dB, W and %. If dB or % is selected, the display is relative to the reference value that is defined with either the "Meas -> Ref" setting or the "Reference Value" setting.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Sensor Level Offset Takes the specified offset into account for the measured power. Only available if Use Ref Level Offset is disabled. Remote command: [SENSe:]PMETer
:SOFFset on page 798 Average Count (Number of Readings) Defines the number of readings (averages) to be performed after a single sweep has been started.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 2. Select the tab for the power sensor index you want to configure, e.g. "Power Sensor 1". 3. Press "Select" to analyze the power sensor data according to the current configuration when power measurement is activated. 4. From the selection list with serial numbers of connected power sensors, select the sensor you want to configure.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output A dialog box is displayed that prompts you to disconnect all signals from the input of the power sensor. 4. Disconnect all signals sending input to the power sensor and press [ENTER] to continue. 5. Wait until zeroing is complete. A corresponding message is displayed. 7.3.3 Internal (Tracking) Generator ● ● ● 7.3.3.1 Basics on the Internal Generator.......................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Tracking generator The frequency of the internal generator can be coupled to the input frequency of the analyzer, so that the input signal for the DUT tracks (or follows) the input signal of the analyzer. This function is referred to as a tracking generator.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output As a result, the measured power levels at the RF input are displayed versus the provided power levels of the internal generator output. This measurement is only available if the optional internal generator is installed (R&S FPL1-B9) and active, and only in the Spectrum application. Thus, you can use the internal generator signal as a reference input signal for your power-converting DUT.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output For details on determining compression points, see Chapter 7.2.3, "Power Sweep Measurements", on page 119. Calibration Mechanism A common measurement setup includes a signal generator, a device under test (DUT), and a signal and spectrum analyzer. Therefore, it is useful to measure the attenuation or gain caused by the cables and connectors from the signal generator and the signal analyzer in advance.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output selected type of measurement used to determine the reference trace is included in the reference dataset. Normalization Once the measurement setup has been calibrated and the reference trace is available, subsequent measurement results can be corrected according to the calibration factors, if necessary. Correction is done by subtracting the reference trace from the measurement results.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output reflect an attenuation or gain caused by the measured DUT (see also "Shifting the reference line (and normalized trace)" on page 289). Restoring the calibration settings If the measurement settings no longer match the instrument settings with which the calibration was performed (indicated by the "APX" or no label next to "Trk.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output The normalized reference trace (0 dB directly after calibration) is displayed on this reference line, indicated by a red line in the diagram. By default, the reference line is displayed at the top of the diagram (90% of the window height). If you shift the reference line, the normalized trace is shifted, as well.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Overloading At a reference level of -13 dBm and at an internal generator output level of the same value, the R&S FPL1000 operates without overrange reserve. That means the R&S FPL1000 is in danger of being overloaded if a signal is applied whose amplitude is higher than the reference line. In this case, an overload message is displayed in the status line. Overloading can be avoided as follows: 7.3.3.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Or: [Freq] > "Generator Config" The independent CW signal is available in all R&S FPL1000 applications if the optional Internal Generator R&S FPL1-B9 is installed. For details, see Chapter 7.3.3.1, "Basics on the Internal Generator", on page 283. Usage..........................................................................................................................291 State.........................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Tracking Generator Settings Access: Toolbar > "Generator Config" Or: [Freq] > "Generator Config" The tracking generator signal is only available for frequency sweeps in the Spectrum application, and only if the optional Internal Generator R&S FPL1-B9 is installed. The preview in the dialog box visualizes the configured signal from the internal tracking generator. For details, see Chapter 7.3.3.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output ● ● "Tracking generator" on page 284: constant power level, frequency follows analyzer frequency (only available for frequency sweeps in the Spectrum application) "Power sweep" on page 284: constant frequency, linearly increasing power level (only available in the Spectrum application) Remote command: SOURce:FREQuency:COUPling[:STATe] on page 802 SOURce:POWer:MODE on page 805 State Enables or dis
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: [SENSe:]CORRection:METHod on page 804 Calibrate Reflection Short Starts a short-circuit reflection type measurement to determine a reference trace for calibration. If both calibrations (open circuit, short circuit) are carried out, the calibration trace is calculated by averaging the two measurements. The order of the two calibration measurements is irrelevant.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Remote command: DISPlay[:WINDow]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition on page 780 Reference Value Defines an offset for the position of the reference line. This setting can be used to shift the reference line and thus the normalized trace, similar to the Shifting the Display (Offset) defined in the "Amplitude" settings shifts the reference level in the display.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output For details, see Chapter 7.3.3.1, "Basics on the Internal Generator", on page 283. Usage..........................................................................................................................296 State............................................................................................................................296 Level Offset.................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Level Offset Defines an offset to the output power of the internal generator. Used to adapt the level display, for example to cable loss. Remote command: SOURce:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet on page 801 Frequency Offset Shifts the frequency of the internal generator by the defined offset.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output For remote operation, see "Programming Example for a Tracking Generator" on page 807. ● ● ● How to Calibrate a Measurement Setup Using a Tracking Generator.................. 298 How to Remove the Effects of a Particular Component from Measurement Results Using Calibration...................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output 5. Perform any measurement with the setup that contains the calibrated component. The measurement results do not include the effects from the component. How to Compensate for Additional Gain or Attenuation after Calibration If a gain or an attenuation is inserted in the measurement after calibration, this effect can be reflected in the display of the normalized trace on the R&S FPL1000.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Receiving Data Input and Providing Data Output Data Output.................................................................................................................300 Noise Source Control.................................................................................................. 300 Data Output Defines the type of signal available at one of the output connectors of the R&S FPL1000.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Frequency and Span Configuration In this case, you can first connect an external noise source (whose noise power level is known in advance) to the R&S FPL1000 and measure the total noise power. From this value you can determine the noise power of the R&S FPL1000. Then when you measure the power level of the actual DUT, you can deduct the known noise level from the total power to obtain the power level of the DUT.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Frequency and Span Configuration The "Center Frequency Stepsize" also defines the step size by which the value is increased or decreased when you use the rotary knob to change the center frequency; however, the rotary knob moves in steps of only 1/10 of the "Center Frequency Stepsize" to allow for a more precise setting. By default, the step size is set in relation to the selected span or resolution bandwidth (for zero span measurements).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Frequency and Span Configuration "Auto Settings" are described in Chapter 7.8, "Adjusting Settings Automatically", on page 343. Signal Tracking is described in Chapter 7.4.3, "Keeping the Center Frequency Stable Signal Tracking", on page 306. Center Frequency....................................................................................................... 303 Span....................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Frequency and Span Configuration fmax and spanmin are specified in the data sheet. For more information see Chapter 7.4.1.1, "Defining the Scope of the Measurement Frequency Range", on page 301. Remote command: [SENSe:]FREQuency:SPAN on page 762 Start / Stop Defines the start and stop frequencies.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Frequency and Span Configuration Center Frequency Stepsize Defines the step size by which the center frequency is increased or decreased when the arrow keys are pressed. When you use the rotary knob the center frequency changes in much smaller steps (1/10 the size as for the arrow keys). The step size can be coupled to the span (span > 0) or the resolution bandwidth (span = 0), or it can be manually set to a fixed value.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Frequency and Span Configuration 7.4.3 Keeping the Center Frequency Stable - Signal Tracking If the signal drifts on the display but you want to keep the center frequency on the signal peak, the center frequency can be adjusted automatically using signal tracking. In this case, the signal trace is surveyed in a specified bandwidth around the expected center frequency.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration 7.4.4 How To Define the Frequency Range The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate how to configure the frequency and span settings. For details on individual functions and settings see Chapter 7.4.2, "Frequency and Span Settings", on page 302. The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in Chapter 11.8.1, "Defining the Frequency and Span", on page 759.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration spectrum or for the measurement time (horizontal, x-axis). The settings for the vertical axis, regarding amplitude and scaling, are described here. "Auto Settings" are described in Chapter 7.8, "Adjusting Settings Automatically", on page 343. ● ● ● ● Impact of the Vertical Axis Settings.......................................................................308 Amplitude Settings................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Reference level offset If the signal is attenuated or amplified before it is fed into the R&S FPL1000, you can define an (arithmetic) offset to the reference level so the application shows correct power results. All displayed power level results are shifted by this value, and the scaling of the y-axis is changed accordingly.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration attenuation values cause the inherent noise (i.e the noise floor) to rise and the sensitivity of the analyzer decreases. The sensitivity of a signal analyzer is directly influenced by the selected RF attenuation. The highest sensitivity is obtained at an RF attenuation of 0 dB. Each additional 10 dB step reduces the sensitivity by 10 dB, i.e. the displayed noise is increased by 10 dB.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Reference Level.......................................................................................................... 311 └ Shifting the Display (Offset).......................................................................... 311 └ Unit................................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Define an offset if the signal is attenuated or amplified before it is fed into the R&S FPL1000 so the application shows correct power results. All displayed power level results are shifted by this value. The setting range is ±200 dB in 0.01 dB steps. Note, however, that the internal reference level (used to adjust the hardware settings to the expected signal) ignores any "Reference Level Offset".
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration If necessary, you can optimize the reference level further. Decrease the attenuation level manually to the lowest possible value before an overload occurs, then decrease the reference level in the same way. You can change the measurement time for the level measurement if necessary (see "Changing the Automatic Measurement Time (Meastime Manual)" on page 345).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration 7.5.3 Scaling the Y-Axis The individual scaling settings that affect the vertical axis are described here. Access: "Overview" > "Amplitude" > "Scale" tab Or: [AMPT] > "Scale Config" The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 11.8.3, "Configuring the Vertical Axis (Amplitude, Scaling)", on page 776. Range.......................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Amplitude and Vertical Axis Configuration Values from -120 % to +600 % are available. Larger values are useful for small scales, such as a power range of 10 dB or 20 dB, and low signal levels, for example 60 dB below the reference level. In this case, large reference level position values allow you to see the trace again. For spectrograms, this value defines the position of the reference level value within the span covered by the color map.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 2. Use the "Auto Level" function ([AUTO] menu) to optimize the reference level. 3. Use the "AF Auto Scale" function ([AUTO] menu) to optimize the scaling. 4. To determine a precise level at a specific point in the signal: ● ● Reduce the "Range" of the y-axis to a small area around the required level. If necessary, change the "Ref Level Position" so the required range remains visible.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration When defining the bandwidth and filter settings, consider the impact of the individual settings on the other settings and the measurement result, as described in more detail in the following sections. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 7.6.1.1 Separating Signals by Selecting an Appropriate Resolution Bandwidth............... 317 Smoothing the Trace Using the Video Bandwidth.................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration If the RBW is too small, parts of the signal are lost. As the displayed signal always reflects the shape of the filter, select a bandwidth large enough so the displayed signal reflects the entire shape of the filter. 7.6.1.2 Smoothing the Trace Using the Video Bandwidth The video filters are responsible for smoothing the displayed trace.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 7.6.1.4 Coupling Span and RBW The resolution bandwidth can be coupled to the span setting, either by a manually defined factor or automatically. If the span is changed, the resolution bandwidth is automatically adjusted. The automatic coupling adapts the resolution bandwidth to the currently set frequency span/100.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration For an optimal sweep rate, it is recommended that you set the "Sweep Time" to "Auto", as well. For general purpose measurements, an "Auto" mode is available, which provides a compromise between a large dynamic range and a fast sweep. In this case, a medium-sized subspan is used. 7.6.1.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Note that the "Sweep Time" only indicates how long data is captured; the time required to process the captured data may be considerably longer, in particular for FFT mode. For FFT mode, an estimated duration is indicated behind the "Sweep Time" in the channel bar (for RF measurements only). 7.6.1.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration How to perform a basic sweep measurement is described in Chapter 7.2.1.2, "How to Perform a Basic Sweep Measurement", on page 98. Figure 7-43: Bandwidth dialog box for RF measurements User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Figure 7-44: Sweep dialog box for spectrogram display RBW............................................................................................................................323 VBW............................................................................................................................ 324 Sweep Time.....................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration If "Auto" is selected, the resolution bandwidth is coupled to the selected span (for span > 0). If the span is changed, the resolution bandwidth is automatically adjusted. If the resolution bandwidth is defined manually, a green bullet is displayed next to the "RBW" display in the channel bar. For more information see Chapter 7.6.1.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration "Manual" For manual mode, define the "Sweep Time". Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW. For details refer to the data sheet. Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible "Sweep Time". Remote command: [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO on page 775 [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME on page 775 [SENSe:]SWEep:DURation? on page 773 Span/RBW Sets the coupling ratio if RBW is set to auto mode.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration ● MIL Std (6 dB) - requires EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) option For more information see Chapter 7.6.1.6, "Which Data May Pass: Filter Types", on page 320. Note: The EMI-specific filter types are available if the EMI (R&S FPL1-K54) measurement option is installed, even if EMI measurement is not active. For details see "Resolution Bandwidth and Filter Types" on page 253.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Remote command: [SENSe:]SWEep[:WINDow]:POINts on page 774 Optimization In FFT mode, several FFT analysis steps are required to cover the entire measurement span. The span which is covered by one FFT analysis step is called subspan. The subspan cannot be defined directly, but it can be optimized according to measurement requirements.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration While the measurement is running, the "Single Sweep" softkey and the [RUN SINGLE] key are highlighted. The running measurement can be aborted by selecting the highlighted softkey or key again. Note: Sequencer. If the Sequencer is active, the "Single Sweep" softkey only controls the sweep mode for the currently selected channel setup.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration Spectrogram Frames These settings are only available if spectrogram display is active. For more information see Chapter 7.10.2.3, "How to Display and Configure a Spectrogram", on page 412. Select Frame ← Spectrogram Frames Selects a specific frame, loads the corresponding trace from the memory, and displays it in the Spectrum window.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Bandwidth, Filter and Sweep Configuration 7.6.3 Reference: List of Available RRC and Channel Filters For power measurement a number of especially steep-edged channel filters are available (see the following table). The indicated filter bandwidth is the 3-dB bandwidth. The available Gaussian 3 dB sweep filters are listed in the R&S FPL1000 data sheet.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration Filter Bandwidth Filter Type Application 50 kHz CFILter 100 kHz CFILter 150 kHz CFILter FM Radio 192 kHz CFILter PHS 200 kHz CFILter GSM 300 kHz CFILter 500 kHz CFILter J.83 (8-VSB DVB, USA); RF ID 14333 1 MHz CFILter CDMAone 1.228 MHz CFILter CDMAone 1.5 MHz CFILter DAB 2 MHz CFILter 3 MHz CFILter 3.75 MHz CFILter 5 MHz CFILter CFILter CFILter CFILter 7.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration cases you can define a trigger for the measurement. In FFT sweep mode, the trigger defines when the data acquisition starts for the FFT conversion. An "Offset" can be defined to delay the measurement after the trigger event, or to include data before the actual trigger event in time domain measurements (pre-trigger offset).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration Example: In the following example, the second possible trigger event on the rising edge is ignored as the signal does not drop below the hysteresis (threshold) before it reaches the trigger level again. On the falling edge, however, two trigger events occur as the signal exceeds the hysteresis before it falls to the trigger level the second time.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration Drop-out times for falling edge triggers If a trigger is set to a falling edge ("Slope" = "Falling", see "Slope" on page 339) the measurement is to start when the power level falls below a certain level. This is useful, for example, to trigger at the end of a burst, similar to triggering on the rising edge for the beginning of a burst.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration 7.7.1.2 Trigger Settings Access: "Overview" > "Trigger/Gate" External triggers from one of the TRIGGER INPUT / OUTPUT connectors on the R&S FPL1000 are configured in a separate tab of the dialog box. For step-by-step instructions on configuring triggered measurements, see Chapter 7.7.1.4, "How to Configure a Triggered Measurement", on page 339. Preview....................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration The trigger and gate settings are applied to the measurement when the dialog box is closed. Note: The zero span settings refer only to the preview diagram. The main diagram remains unchanged. If preview mode is switched off, any changes to the settings in this dialog box are applied to the measurement diagram directly. In this case, the zero span settings for the preview diagram are not displayed.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration External Trigger 1 ← Trigger Source Data acquisition starts when the TTL signal fed into the trigger input connector of the R&S FPL1000 meets or exceeds the specified trigger level. (See "Trigger Level" on page 337).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration For gated measurements, this setting also defines the gate level. For details on supported trigger levels, see the data sheet. Remote command: TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower on page 784 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IQPower on page 784 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] on page 784 Repetition Interval Defines the repetition interval for a time trigger. The shortest interval is 2 ms.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration Trigger Holdoff Defines the minimum time (in seconds) that must pass between two trigger events. Trigger events that occur during the holdoff time are ignored. For more information, see "Trigger Holdoff" on page 334.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration To define an external trigger: 1. Connect an external device that will provide the trigger signal to one of the TRIGGER INPUT / OUTPUT connectors on the R&S FPL1000 (for details see the R&S FPL1000 "Getting Started" manual). 2. In the "Trigger And Gate" dialog box, define the "Trigger Source" = "External". 3. Configure the external trigger as described for the other power triggers. To define a power trigger: 1.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration Additionally, a delay time can be defined so that the first few measurement points after the gate opening are ignored. To indicate that a gate is used for the sweep, "GAT" and the gate source is displayed in the channel bar. 7.7.2.2 Gate Settings Access: "Overview" > "Trigger" > "Trigger / Gate Config." > "Gate Settings" Gate settings define one or more extracts of the signal to be measured.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trigger and Gate Configuration Gate Delay Defines the delay time between the gate signal and the continuation of the measurement. The delay position on the time axis in relation to the sweep is indicated by a line labeled "GD". For more information see Chapter 7.7.2.1, "Gated Measurements", on page 340 Remote command: [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff on page 787 Gate Length Defines how long the gate is open when it is triggered.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Adjusting Settings Automatically 7.8 Adjusting Settings Automatically Access: "Overview" > "Amplitude"/"Frequency" > "Auto Settings" Some settings can be adjusted by the R&S FPL1000 automatically according to the current measurement settings. In order to do so, a measurement is performed. You can configure this measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Adjusting Settings Automatically Adjusting all Determinable Settings Automatically (Auto All) Activates all automatic adjustment functions for the current measurement settings. This includes: ● ● Auto Frequency Auto Level Remote command: [SENSe:]ADJust:ALL on page 764 Adjusting the Center Frequency Automatically (Auto Frequency) The R&S FPL1000 adjusts the center frequency automatically.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Changing the Automatic Measurement Time (Meastime Manual) This function allows you to change the measurement duration for automatic setting adjustments. Enter the value in seconds. Note: The maximum possible measurement duration depends on the currently selected measurement and the installed (optional) hardware. Thus, the measurement duration actually used to determine the automatic settings may be shorter than the value you define here.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage ● ● ● ● ● ● Basics on Markers.................................................................................................346 Marker Settings..................................................................................................... 349 Marker Search Settings and Positioning Functions.............................................. 354 Marker (Measurement) Functions.............................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage ● Softkeys for active markers (displayed on the screen) are highlighted blue. The softkey for the currently selected marker (for which functions are performed) is highlighted orange. ● To set individual markers very quickly, use the softkeys in the "Marker" menu. ● To set up several markers at once, use the "Marker" dialog box. ● To position the selected marker to a special value, use the softkeys in the "Marker To" menu.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage 7.9.1.3 Marker Results Normal markers point to a sweep point on the time or frequency axis and display the associated numeric value for that sweep point. Delta markers indicate an offset between the level at the delta marker position and the level at the position of the assigned reference marker, in dB. Signal count markers determine the frequency of a signal at the marker position very accurately.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Function Activated marker or measurement function Function Result Result of the active marker or measurement function 7.9.2 Marker Settings Or: [MKR] > "Marker Config" The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 11.8.8.1, "Setting Up Individual Markers", on page 840. ● ● 7.9.2.1 Individual Marker Setup........................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Assigning the Marker to a Trace................................................................................. 351 Select Marker.............................................................................................................. 351 All Markers Off.............................................................................................................352 Selected Marker Marker name.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage If the reference marker is deactivated, the delta marker referring to it is also deactivated. If a fixed reference point is configured (see "Defining a Fixed Reference" on page 354), the reference point ("FXD") can also be selected instead of another marker. Remote command: CALCulate:DELTamarker:MREFerence on page 842 Linking to Another Marker Links the current marker to the marker selected from the list of active markers.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer[:STATe] on page 844 CALCulate:DELTamarker[:STATe] on page 842 All Markers Off Deactivates all markers in one step. Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer:AOFF on page 843 7.9.2.2 General Marker Settings Some general marker settings allow you to influence the marker behavior for all markers. User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Marker Table Display...................................................................................................353 Marker Info.................................................................................................................. 353 Marker Stepsize.......................................................................................................... 354 Defining a Fixed Reference.....................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Marker Stepsize Defines the size of the steps that the marker position is moved using the rotary knob. "Standard" The marker position is moved in steps of (Span/1000), which corresponds approximately to the number of pixels for the default display of 1001 sweep points. This setting is most suitable to move the marker over a larger distance. "Sweep Points" The marker position is moved from one sweep point to the next.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage For more information on searching for signal peaks see Chapter 7.9.4.8, "Marker Peak List", on page 379. The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 11.8.8.4, "Positioning the Marker", on page 851. ● ● ● 7.9.3.1 Marker Search Settings.........................................................................................355 Marker Search Settings for Spectrograms........................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage "Left" Determines the next maximum/minimum to the left of the current peak. "Absolute" Determines the next maximum/minimum to either side of the current peak. "Right" Determines the next maximum/minimum to the right of the current peak. Remote command: Chapter 11.8.8.4, "Positioning the Marker", on page 851 Exclude LO If activated, restricts the frequency range for the marker search functions.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Search Limits (Left / Right) ← Search Limits If activated, limit lines are defined and displayed for the search. Only results within the limited search range are considered. For details on limit lines for searches, see "Peak search limits" on page 379.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Search Mode for Next Peak in X-Direction................................................................. 358 Search Mode for Next Peak in Y-Direction..................................................................358 Marker Search Type....................................................................................................359 Marker Search Area..................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage "Up" Determines the next maximum/minimum above the current peak (in more recent frames). "Absolute" Determines the next maximum/minimum above or below the current peak (in all frames). "Down" Determines the next maximum/minimum below the current peak (in older frames).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage "On" The minimum frequency included in the peak search range is ≥ 5 × resolution bandwidth (RBW). Due to the interference by the first local oscillator to the first intermediate frequency at the input mixer, the LO is represented as a signal at 0 Hz. To avoid the peak marker jumping to the LO signal at 0 Hz, this frequency is excluded from the peak search. "Off" No restriction to the search range.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Remote command: CALCulate:THReshold on page 850 Use Zoom Limits ← Search Limits If activated, the peak search is restricted to the active zoom area defined for a single zoom. Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer:X:SLIMits:ZOOM[:STATe] on page 850 Deactivating All Search Limits ← Search Limits Deactivates the search range limits.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Search Minimum Sets the selected marker/delta marker to the minimum of the trace. If no marker is active, marker 1 is activated. For spectrogram displays, define which frame the minimum is to be searched in. Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer:MINimum[:PEAK] on page 854 CALCulate:DELTamarker:MINimum[:PEAK] on page 856 Search Next Minimum Sets the selected marker/delta marker to the next (higher) minimum of the selected trace.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage The remote commands required to define these settings are described in Chapter 11.8.8, "Working with Markers", on page 839. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 7.9.4.1 Precise Frequency (Signal Count) Marker............................................................ 363 Measuring Noise Density (Noise Meas Marker)....................................................365 Phase Noise Measurement Marker..........................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Frequency resolution is further restricted by the RBW and sweep time settings. To determine the frequency of a signal point accurately without changing the sweep settings, the R&S FPL1000 is equipped with a signal counter. The signal counter sets the RF to the current marker position, then counts the zero crossings of the IF (thus the term signal counter) and derives the precise frequency value.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage 7.9.4.2 Measuring Noise Density (Noise Meas Marker) Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker Functions" > "Select Marker Function" > "Noise Measurement" > "Noise Meas Config" Or: [MKR] > "Select Marker Function" > "Noise Measurement" > "Noise Meas Config" Using the noise measurement marker function, the noise power density is measured at the position of the marker.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage tionally. Logarithmic averaging is thus fully taken into account, which yields a value that is 1.45 dB lower than that of linear averaging. ● To allow for a more stable noise display, eight trace points on each side of the measurement frequency are averaged. ● For span > 0, the measured values are averaged versus time (after a sweep). The R&S FPL1000 noise figure can be calculated from the measured power density level.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Marker State................................................................................................................367 Marker Type................................................................................................................ 367 Noise Measurement State...........................................................................................367 Switching All Noise Measurement Off.................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Or: [MKR] > "Select Marker Function" > "Phase Noise" > "Phase Noise Config" For each of the 16 markers phase noise measurement can be activated. Phase noise is unintentional modulation of a carrier; it creates frequencies next to the carrier frequency. A phase noise measurement consists of noise density measurements at defined offsets from the carrier; the results are given in relation to the carrier level (dBc).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Remote commands: CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] on page 877 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? on page 877 Phase Noise Measurement State............................................................................... 369 Defining Reference Point............................................................................................ 370 Switching All Phase Noise Measurements Off...............................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage If activated, the delta markers display the phase noise measured at defined offsets from the reference position. Remote command: CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] on page 876 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? on page 875 Defining Reference Point Instead of using marker 1 as the reference marker, a fixed reference marker can be defined for phase noise measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Figure 7-49: n dB down marker function The following marker function results are displayed: Table 7-24: n dB down marker function results Label Description M1 Current position and level of marker 1 ndB Offset value (n dB down) ndB down Bw / PWid Determined bandwidth or pulse width (zero span) at the offset Q-factor Center frequency / n-dB-down-bandwidth Quality factor of the determined bandwidth (characteristic of damping or res
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? on page 883 n dB down Marker State..............................................................................................372 n dB down Value......................................................................................................... 372 n dB down Marker State Activates or deactivates the special n dB down marker function.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage You can move the position of the fixed reference marker graphically by dragging the display lines, or numerically by entering values for the marker position and level. Remote commands: "Example: Using a Fixed Reference Marker" on page 892 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe] on page 869 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X on page 868 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y on page 869 7.9.4.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Relative band power markers The results for band power markers which are defined as delta markers and thus have a reference value can also be calculated as reference power values (in dB). In this case, the result of the band power deltamarker is the difference between the absolute power in the band around the delta marker and the absolute power for the reference marker.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage If the detector mode for the marker trace is set to "Auto", the RMS detector is used. The individual marker settings correspond to those defined in the "Marker" dialog box (see Chapter 7.9.2.1, "Individual Marker Setup", on page 349). Any settings to the marker state or type changed in the "Marker Function" dialog box are also changed in the "Marker" dialog box and vice versa.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Span Defines the span (band) around the marker for which the power is measured. The span is indicated by lines in the diagram. You can easily change the span by moving the limit lines in the diagram. They are automatically aligned symmetrically to the marker frequency. They are also moved automatically if you move the marker on the screen.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage the audio output. Thus, a displayed signal can be identified acoustically with the help of the internal loudspeaker or with headphones. This function requires the optional additional interfaces (R&S FPL1000-B5). This function is not available for Spectrum Emission Mask measurements or measurements on I/Q-based data.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] on page 888 Continuous Demodulation If activated, the signal is demodulated continuously and sent to the audio output, instead of stopping the sweep at the marker frequency of marker 1 and demodulating there for the configured marker stop time. This allows you to monitor the frequency range acoustically (assuming the sweep time is long enough).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Remote command: SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume on page 811 7.9.4.8 Marker Peak List Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Marker Functions" > "Marker Peak List" Or: [MKR] > "Select Marker Function" > "Marker Peak List" A common measurement task is to determine peak values, i.e. maximum or minimum signal levels.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Figure 7-50: Trace example The following table lists the peaks as indicated by the marker numbers in the diagram above, as well as the minimum decrease in amplitude to either side of the peak: Marker # Min. amplitude decrease to either side of the signal 1 80 dB 2 80 dB 3 55 dB 4 39 dB 5 32 dB In order to eliminate the smaller peaks M3, M4 and M5 in the example above, a peak excursion of at least 60 dB is required.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Remote commands: "Example: Obtaining a Marker Peak List" on page 892 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FPEaks:STATe on page 872 TRAC? LIST, see TRACe[:DATA] on page 832 Peak List State............................................................................................................ 381 Sort Mode....................................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT on page 872 Maximum Number of Peaks Defines the maximum number of peaks to be determined and displayed. Remote command: CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FPEaks:LIST:SIZE on page 872 Peak Excursion Defines the minimum level value by which a signal must rise or fall so that it is identified as a maximum or a minimum by the search functions.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage Remote command: 7.9.5 How to Work With Markers The following step-by-step instructions demonstrate in detail how to work with markers. ● ● 7.9.5.1 How to Analyze a Signal Point in Detail................................................................ 383 How to Use a Fixed Reference Marker.................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage A vertical and a horizontal red display line are displayed, marked as "FXD". The normal marker 1 is activated and set to the peak value of the trace assigned to marker 1, and a delta marker to the next peak. The fixed reference marker is set to the position of marker 1 at the peak value. 2.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Marker Usage The marker is positioned on the trace maximum. 6. Set the measured signal frequency and the measured level as reference values: a) Press the [MKR FUNC] key b) Press the "Reference Fixed" softkey. The position of the marker becomes the reference point. The reference point level is indicated by a horizontal line, the reference point frequency with a vertical line. At the same time, the delta marker 2 is switched on.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration 7.10 Trace Configuration A trace is a collection of measured data points. The trace settings determine how the measured data is analyzed and displayed on the screen. ● ● ● Standard Traces....................................................................................................386 Spectrograms........................................................................................................398 Trace Math.............
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration The detector activated for the specific trace is indicated in the corresponding trace information by an abbreviation. Table 7-25: Detector types Detector Abbrev.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Detector Abbrev. Description CISPR Average detector CISPR AV The CISPR Average detector displays a weighted average signal level according to CISPR 16-1-1. The average value according to CISPR 16-1-1 is the maximum value detected while calculating the linear average value during the specified dwell time. This detector is only available for the CISPR filter, and only if the R&S FPL1 EMI measurement option (K54) is installed.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Auto detector If the R&S FPL1000 is set to define the appropriate detector automatically, the detector is set depending on the selected trace mode: Trace mode Detector Clear Write Auto Peak Max Hold Positive Peak Min Hold Negative Peak Average Sample Peak View – Blank – Analyzing Several Traces - Trace Mode If several sweep are performed one after the other, or continuous sweep are performed, the trace mode determines
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Trace Mode Description Min Hold The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed. The R&S FPL1000 saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is lower than the previous one. This mode is useful for example for making an unmodulated carrier in a composite signal visible.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Trace Traceold MeasValue 2 The averaged trace is then stored in the trace memory. ● sweep count = 1 The currently measured trace is displayed and stored in the trace memory. No averaging is performed. ● sweep count > 1 For both "Single" sweep mode and "Continuous" sweep mode, averaging takes place over the selected number of sweeps.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration increased relative to the average value. If the distorted amplitude distribution is averaged, a value is obtained that is smaller than the actual average value. The difference is -2.5 dB. This low average value is usually corrected in noise power measurements by a 2.5 dB factor. Therefore the R&S FPL1000 offers the selection of linear averaging.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration s = sample number x = sample offset from s n = aperture size 7.10.1.2 Trace Settings Access: "Overview" > "Analysis" > "Traces" Or: [TRACE] > "Trace Config" You can configure the settings for up to 6 individual traces. For settings on spectrograms, see Chapter 7.10.2.2, "Spectrogram Settings", on page 407. Trace 1/Trace 2/Trace 3/Trace 4/Trace 5/Trace 6.......................................................393 Trace Mode.........
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Remote command: Selected via numeric suffix of:TRACe<1...6> commands DISPlay[:WINDow][:SUBWindow]:TRACe[:STATe] on page 817 Trace Mode Defines the update mode for subsequent traces. For details, see "Analyzing Several Traces - Trace Mode" on page 389. "Clear/ Write" Overwrite mode (default): the trace is overwritten by each sweep. The "Detector" is automatically set to "Auto Peak".
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Remote command: [SENSe:][WINDow:]DETector[:FUNCtion] on page 819 [SENSe:][WINDow:]DETector[:FUNCtion]:AUTO on page 820 Hold If activated, traces in "Min Hold", "Max Hold" and "Average" mode are not reset after specific parameter changes have been made. Normally, the measurement is started again after parameter changes, before the measurement results are analyzed (e.g. using a marker).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration "Power" Activates linear power averaging. The power level values are converted into unit Watt prior to averaging. After the averaging, the data is converted back into its original unit. Use this mode to average power values in Volts or Amperes correctly. In particular, for small VBW values (smaller than the RBW), use power averaging mode for correct power measurements in FFT sweep mode.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Function Trace Settings Trace 3: Min Hold Auto Detector (Negative Peak) Traces 4-6: Blank Auto Detector Trace 1/ Trace 2/ Trace 3/ Trace 4 (Softkeys) Displays the "Traces" settings and focuses the "Mode" list for the selected trace. For details see Chapter 7.10.1.3, "How to Configure a Standard Trace", on page 397.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration 3. For "Average" trace mode, define the number of sweeps to be averaged in the "Count:" field. 4. If linear scaling is used, select the "Average Mode": "Linear". 5. To improve the trace stability, increase the number of "Sweep Points" or the "Sweep Time" (in the "Sweep" settings). All configured traces (not set to "Blank") are displayed after the next sweep. How to Copy Traces 1.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Example: In this example, you see the spectrogram for the calibration signal of the R&S FPL1000, compared to the standard spectrum display. Since the signal does not change over time, the color of the frequency levels does not change over time, i.e. vertically. The legend above the spectrogram display describes the power levels the colors represent.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 = = = = = = = = Spectrum result display Spectrogram result display Marker list Marker Delta marker Color map Timestamp / frame number Current frame indicator For more information about spectrogram configuration, see Chapter 7.10.2.2, "Spectrogram Settings", on page 407. Remote commands: Activating and configuring spectrograms: Chapter 11.8.7.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Table 7-27: Correlation between number of sweep points and number of frames stored in the history buffer Sweep Points Max. History Depth ≤1250 20000 2001 12488 4001 6247 8.001 3124 16.001 1562 32.001 781 The scaling of the time axis (y-axis) is not configurable. However, you can enlarge the spectrogram display by maximizing the window using the "Split/Maximize" key. Frame analysis - Frame count vs.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration When active, the timestamp replaces the display of the frame number in the diagram footer (see Figure 7-55). Displaying individual frames The spectrogram diagram contains all stored frames since it was last cleared. Arrows on the left and right border of the spectrogram indicate the currently selected frame. The spectrum diagram always displays the spectrum for the currently selected frame.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration In the new 3-dimensional spectrogram, the power is indicated by a value in a third dimension, the z-axis. The color mapping is maintained for the point in the 3-dimensional result display. This new display provides an even better overview of how the strength of the signal varies over time for different frequencies.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration views. If you rotate the spectrogram such that you see the frequency-frame-plane directly from above, the display is identical to the 2-dimensional spectrogram.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration ● Cold Uses a color range from red to blue. Red colors indicate low levels, blue colors indicate high ones. The "Cold" color scheme is the inverse "Hot" color scheme. ● Radar Uses a color range from black over green to light turquoise with shades of green in between. Dark colors indicate low levels, light colors indicate high ones. ● Grayscale Shows the results in shades of gray.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Example: In the color map based on the linear color curve, the range from -100 dBm to -60 dBm is covered by blue and a few shades of green only. The range from -60 dBm to -20 dBm is covered by red, yellow and a few shades of green. Figure 7-57: Spectrogram with (default) linear color curve shape = 0 The sample spectrogram is dominated by blue and green colors.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Figure 7-58: Spectrogram with non-linear color curve (shape = -0.5) 7.10.2.2 Spectrogram Settings Access: [TRACE] > "Spectrogram Config" The individual settings available for spectrogram display are described here. For settings on color mapping, see "Color Map Settings" on page 410. Settings concerning the frames and how they are handled during a sweep are provided as additional sweep settings for spectrogram display.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration State............................................................................................................................408 3D Spectrogram State.................................................................................................408 Select Frame...............................................................................................................409 History Depth.........................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Remote command: CALCulate:SPECtrogram:THReedim[:STATe] on page 825 Select Frame Selects a specific frame, loads the corresponding trace from the memory, and displays it in the Spectrum window. Note that activating a marker or changing the position of the active marker automatically selects the frame that belongs to that marker.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration While the measurement is running, the "Continuous Sweep" softkey and the [RUN CONT] key are highlighted. The running measurement can be aborted by selecting the highlighted softkey or key again. The results are not deleted until a new measurement is started. Note: Sequencer. If the Sequencer is active, the "Continuous Sweep" softkey only controls the sweep mode for the currently selected channel setup.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration For more information on color maps see "Color Maps" on page 404. For details on changing color mapping settings see "How to Configure the Color Mapping" on page 414. In addition to the available color settings, the dialog box displays the current color map and provides a preview of the display with the current settings.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration "0" Colors are distributed linearly among the values ">0 to 1" More colors are distributed among the higher values Remote command: DISPlay[:WINDow]:SPECtrogram:COLor:SHAPe on page 828 Hot/Cold/Radar/Grayscale Sets the color scheme for the spectrogram.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration The spectrogram is updated continuously with each new sweep. 4. To display the spectrum diagram for a specific time frame: a) Stop the continuous measurement or wait until the single sweep is completed. b) Select the frame number in the diagram footer. c) Enter the required frame number in the edit dialog box. Note that the most recent sweep is frame number 0, all previous frames have negative numbers.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration 4. If necessary, adapt the color mapping for the spectrogram to a different value range or color scheme as described in "How to Configure the Color Mapping" on page 414. How to Configure the Color Mapping The color display is highly configurable to adapt the spectrogram to your needs. The settings for color mapping are defined in the "Color Mapping" dialog box.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration 2. In the "Stop" field, enter the percentage from the right border of the histogram that marks the end of the value range. Example: The color map starts at -110 dBm and ends at -10 dBm (that is: a range of 100 dB). In order to suppress the noise, you only want the color map to start at -90 dBm. Thus, you enter 10% in the "Start" field. The R&S FPL1000 shifts the start point 10% to the right, to -90 dBm.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration To set the color curve shape graphically using the slider ► Select and drag the color curve shape slider (indicated by a gray box in the middle of the color curve) to the left or right. The area beneath the slider is focused, i.e. more colors are distributed there.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Trace Configuration Trace Math Function................................................................................................... 417 Trace Math Off............................................................................................................ 417 Trace Math Position.................................................................................................... 417 Trace Math Mode..............................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines "Lin" Activates linear subtraction, which means that the power level values are converted into linear units prior to subtraction. After the subtraction, the data is converted back into its original unit. This setting takes effect if the grid is set to a linear scale.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines 7.11.1 Display Lines 7.11.1.1 Basics on Display Lines Display lines help you analyze a trace – as do markers. The function of a display line is comparable to that of a ruler that can be shifted on the trace in order to mark absolute values. They are used exclusively to visually mark relevant frequencies or points in time (zero span), as well as constant level values.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines Vertical Line ..........................................................................................................420 Horizontal Line 1/ Horizontal Line 2............................................................................ 420 Vertical Line Activates a vertical display line in the diagram at the specified point of the x-axis, depending on the scale of the axis.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines 7.11.2 Limit Lines Limit lines allow you to check automatically whether the measured points are below or above specified values. ● ● ● ● 7.11.2.1 Basics on Limit Lines............................................................................................ 421 Limit Line Settings and Functions......................................................................... 425 How to Define Limit Lines..............................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines 200 GHz. For the time range representation, negative times may also be entered. The allowed range is -1000 s to +1000 s. Figure 7-60: Example for an upper limit line Limits and Margins Limit lines define strict values that must not be exceeded by the measured signal. A margin is similar to a limit, but less strict and it still belongs to the valid data range. It can be used as a warning that the limit is almost reached.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines Offsets and Shifting A configured limit line can easily be moved vertically or horizontally. Two different methods to do so are available: ● An offset moves the entire line in the diagram without editing the configured values or positions of the individual data points. This option is only available if relative scaling is used.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines Figure 7-61: Margin violation for limit check Figure 7-62: Limit violation for limit check User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines Storing and Recalling Limit Lines Limit lines can be stored with the configuration settings so they can be recalled for other measurements at a later time (seeChapter 8.2, "Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data", on page 457).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines For the limit line overview, the R&S FPL1000 searches for all stored limit lines with the file extension .LIN in the limits subfolder of the main installation folder. The overview allows you to determine which limit lines are available and can be used for the current measurement. For details on settings for individual lines see "Limit Line Details" on page 428. For more basic information on limit lines see Chapter 7.11.2.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines Unit The unit in which the y-values of the data points of the limit line are defined. Compatibility Indicates whether the limit line definition is compatible with the current measurement settings. For more information on which conditions a limit line must fulfill to be compatible, see "Compatibility" on page 421. Visibility Displays or hides the limit line in the diagram. Up to 8 limit lines can be visible at the same time.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines This setting does not have any effect on limit lines that are defined by absolute values for the x-axis. Remote command: CALCulate:LIMit- :CONTrol:OFFSet on page 903 Y-Offset Shifts a limit line that has relative values for the y-axis (levels or linear units such as volt) vertically. This setting does not have any effect on limit lines that are defined by absolute values for the y-axis.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines Name...........................................................................................................................429 Comment.....................................................................................................................429 Threshold.................................................................................................................... 429 Margin....................................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines For details on thresholds see "Thresholds" on page 422. Remote command: CALCulate:LIMit- :LOWer:THReshold on page 907 CALCulate:LIMit
- :UPPer:THReshold on page 910 Margin Defines a margin for the limit line. The default setting is 0 dB (i.e. no margin). For details on margins see "Limits and Margins" on page 422.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines Remote command: CALCulate:LIMit- :CONTrol[:DATA] on page 902 CALCulate:LIMit
- :LOWer[:DATA] on page 904 CALCulate:LIMit
- :UPPer[:DATA] on page 908 Insert Value Inserts a data point in the limit line above the selected one in the "Edit Limit Line" dialog box. Delete Value Deletes the selected data point in the "Edit Limit Line" dialog box.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines For details on the file format see Chapter 7.11.2.4, "Reference: Limit Line File Format", on page 436. The limit line can be imported again later by the R&S FPL1000 for use in other measurements. Remote command: MMEMory:STORe:LIMit on page 913 File Explorer ← Export Opens the Microsoft Windows File Explorer. Remote command: not supported 7.11.2.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines How to activate and deactivate a limit check A limit check is automatically performed as soon as any of the limit lines is activated. 1. To activate a limit check: Select the "Check Traces" setting for a limit line in the overview and select the trace numbers to be included in the limit check. One limit line can be assigned to several traces. The specified traces to be checked are compared with the active limit lines.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines How to configure a new limit line 1. In the "Line Config" dialog box, select the "New" button. The "Edit Limit Line" dialog box is displayed. The current line configuration is displayed in the preview area of the dialog box. The preview is updated after each change to the configuration. 2. Define a "Name" and, optionally, a "Comment" for the new limit line. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines How to move the limit line vertically or horizontally A configured limit line can easily be moved vertically or horizontally. Thus, a new limit line can be easily generated based upon an existing limit line which has been shifted horizontally. 1. In the "Line Config" dialog box, select the limit line. 2.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Display and Limit Lines 2. Select the "New" or "Edit" button. 3. Select "Import" to load a limit line from a file. You are asked whether you would like to save the current configuration on the R&S FPL1000 first. 4. Select the file name of the limit line. 5. Select the decimal separator that was used in the file. 6. Select "Select". The limit line is loaded from the specified file and displayed in the "Edit Limit Line" dialog box. 7.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Zoomed Displays File contents Description XAxisUnit;FREQ_HZ Unit of x values XAxisScaleMode;ABSOLUTE Scaling of x-axis (absolute or relative) YAxisUnit;LEVEL_DB Unit of y values YAxisScaleMode;ABSOLUTE Scaling of y-axis (absolute or relative) NoOfPoints;5 Number of points the line is defined by Data section for individual data points -4500000000;-50 x- and y-values of each data point defining the line -2000000000;-30 -1000000000;0 0;-30
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Zoomed Displays already been zoomed graphically. In this case, the temporary changes to the display are replaced by permanent changes to the measurement settings with the same effect. Example: Assume you have a spectrum display from a spurious emission measurement. You graphically zoom into the area around a detected spur.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Zoomed Displays Figure 7-64: Multiple zoom Using the zoom area to restrict a peak search The selected zoom area can be used to restrict the search range for a peak search, but only in single zoom mode (see "Use Zoom Limits" on page 357). 7.12.2 Zoom Functions Access: "Zoom" icons in toolbar Single Zoom................................................................................................................ 439 Multi-Zoom.......................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Zoomed Displays Multi-Zoom In multiple zoom mode, you can enlarge several different areas of the trace simultaneously. An overview window indicates the zoom areas in the original trace, while the zoomed trace areas are displayed in individual windows. The zoom area that corresponds to the individual zoom display is indicated in the lower right corner, between the scrollbars.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Zoomed Displays X-Lock ← Measurement Zoom If activated, the x-axis of the diagram is not changed during subsequent touch gestures. Y-Lock ← Measurement Zoom If activated, the y-axis of the diagram is not changed during subsequent touch gestures.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Zoomed Displays To zoom into the diagram at one position 1. Click on the "Single Zoom" icon in the toolbar. Zoom mode is activated. 2. Tap and drag your finger in the diagram to select the area to be enlarged. The selected area is indicated by a dotted rectangle. When you leave the touchscreen, the diagram is replaced by the zoomed trace area. 3. Repeat these steps, if necessary, to enlarge the diagram further.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Zoomed Displays 2. Select the first area in the diagram to be enlarged as described in "To zoom into the diagram at one position" on page 442. The selected area is indicated by a dotted rectangle. When you have completed your selection, the original trace is shown in an overview diagram with the selected area indicated by a dotted rectangle. The zoomed trace area is displayed in a separate window (see Figure 7-64. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation To perform a measurement zoom Performing a measurement zoom automatically adapts the measurement settings to reflect a graphically zoomed display. 1. Select the "Measurement Zoom" icon from the toolbar. 2. Do one of the following to define the zoom area: ● ● Stretch two fingers in the diagram to enlarge the area between them.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation 7.13.1 Displaying a Reference Trace - Importing Trace Data Trace data that was stored during a previous measurement can be imported to the Spectrum application, for example as a reference trace. The data in the import file must have a specified format (see Chapter 7.13.6, "Reference: ASCII File Export Format", on page 451), and can be stored in .CSV or .DAT format.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation "Import to Trace" = 3: trace 3 is not available in the import file, thus trace 1 is imported and displayed as trace 3 in the result display "Import to Trace" is enabled: Trace 1 is imported from the file and replaces trace 1 in the result display. Trace 2 is imported from the file and replaces trace 2 in the result display.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Export all Traces and all Table Results....................................................................... 447 Include Instrument & Measurement Settings.............................................................. 447 Trace to Export............................................................................................................447 Decimal Separator.............................
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Decimal Separator Defines the decimal separator for floating-point numerals for the data export/import files. Evaluation programs require different separators in different languages.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation File Type ← Export Trace to ASCII File Determines the format of the ASCII file to be imported or exported. Depending on the external program in which the data file was created or is evaluated, a comma-separated list (CSV) or a plain data format (DAT) file is required.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation 7.13.3 How to Import Traces Trace data that was stored during a previous measurement can be imported to the Spectrum application, for example as a reference trace. To import trace data 1. Press the [Trace] key. 2. Select "Trace Config" > "Trace / Data Export"/"Import". 3.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation 7.13.5 How to Export a Peak List You can save the results of a marker peak list to an ASCII file. 1. Press the [MKR FUNCT] key. 2. Select the "Marker Peak List" softkey. 3. Set the marker peak list "State" to "On". 4. Press the [RUN SINGLE] key to perform a single sweep measurement and create a marker peak list. 5.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation Generally, the format of this ASCII file can be processed by spreadsheet calculation programs, e.g. MS-Excel. Different language versions of evaluation programs may require a different handling of the decimal point. Thus you can define the decimal separator to be used (decimal point or comma, see "Decimal Separator" on page 448).
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation File contents Description x-Unit;Hz; Unit of x values: Hz with span > 0; s with span = 0; dBm/dB with statistics measurements y-Unit;dBm; Unit of y values: dB*/V/A/W depending on the selected unit with y-axis LOG or % with y-axis LIN Data section for individual window Window;1;Frequency Sweep Window number and name Trace 1;; Selected trace Trace Mode;AVERAGE; Display mode of trace:
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Importing and Exporting Measurement Results for Evaluation File contents Description Start;10000;Hz Start/stop of the display range.
R&S®FPL1000 The Spectrum Application (RF Measurements) Optimizing Measurements 7.14 Optimizing Measurements 7.14.1 Minimizing the Measurement Duration If you want to minimize the measurement duration, try the following methods to optimize the measurement: ● Reduce the span of the measurement to the relevant parts of the signal only.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Restoring the Default Instrument Configuration (Preset) 8 Data Management The R&S FPL1000 allows you to save and recall measurement settings. Measurement data can be exported and imported for a later analysis, the graphical result display can be stored to a file or printed. In addition, various application-specific data can be saved and/or recalled. General storage and import/export functions are available via the toolbar.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data To restore the default configuration for a single channel setup The default measurement settings can also be reset for an individual channel setup only, rather than resetting the entire instrument. ► In the "Overview", select the "Preset Channel" button. The factory default settings are restored to the current channel setup. Note that a user-defined recall settings file is NOT restored.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Saving and recalling transducer and limit line settings If a transducer file was in use when the save set was stored (with the save item "Current Settings" only) the R&S FPL1000 assumes that these transducer values should remain valid after every recall of that save set.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data If a channel setup with the same name as the "Channel" to be restored is already active, the name for the new channel setup is extended by a consecutive number: 8.2.1.1 Quick Save / Quick Recall Settings Access: "Save"/ "Open" icon in the toolbar > "Quick Save" / "Quick Recall" Both dialog boxes are very similar and closely related. QuickSave 1 / ... / QuickSave 10.................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data During recall, save sets of type "Instrument" replace the settings of the entire instrument. All other save sets start a new channel setup with the stored settings. Rename ← QuickSave 1 / ... / QuickSave 10 Displays an input field to rename the save set, if write protection is disabled. Write Protection ← QuickSave 1 / ... / QuickSave 10 Enables or disables write protection for the save set.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data ● ● ● ● 8.2.2.1 Stored Data Types................................................................................................ 461 Storage Location and Filename............................................................................ 461 Save and Recall Dialog Boxes..............................................................................461 Startup Recall Settings.........................................
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files...........................................................462 File Name....................................................................................................................462 Comment.....................................................................................................................463 File Explorer.......................................
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data File names must be compatible with the Windows conventions for file names. In particular, they must not contain special characters such as ":", "*", "?". For details on the filename and location, see Chapter 8.2.2.2, "Storage Location and Filename", on page 461. Comment An optional description for the data file. A maximum of 60 characters can be displayed.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Note: After you use the "Recall" function, the history of previous actions is deleted, i.e. any actions performed previously cannot be undone or redone using the [UNDO/ REDO] keys. Remote command: MMEMory:LOAD:STATe on page 928 8.2.2.4 Startup Recall Settings Access: "Open" icon in the toolbar > "Startup Recall" Startup Recall.........................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data Remote command: MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO on page 927 Selecting Storage Location - Drive/ Path/ Files Select the storage location of the file on the instrument or an external drive. The default storage location for the SEM settings files is: C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\sem_std. Remote command: MMEMory:CATalog on page 919 File Name Contains the name of the data file without the path or extension.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data 4. To restore the settings, select the "Open" icon from the toolbar. 5. Select the save set in which the settings were stored ("QuickSaveX"). The selected settings are restored to the instrument or channel setup. To save configurable instrument settings 1. Select the "Save" icon from the toolbar. 2. In the "Save" dialog box, switch to the "Save" tab. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Import/Export Functions 6. Select "Recall". The settings and selected items from the saved measurement are restored and you can repeat the measurement with the same settings. Note that any changes made to the settings after storing the configuration file will be overwritten by the stored values when the configuration file is recalled. To recall settings automatically after preset or reboot You can define the settings that are restored when you preset or reboot the instrument.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Import/Export Functions These functions are only available if no measurement is running. In particular, if Continuous Sweep / Run Cont is active, the import/export functions are not available. Import.......................................................................................................................... 468 Export..........................................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Import/Export Functions If the spectrogram display is selected when you perform this function, the entire histogram buffer with all frames is exported to a file. The data for a particular frame begins with information about the frame number and the time that frame was recorded. For large history buffers the export operation can take some time. For details on the file format in the Spectrum application, see Chapter 7.13.6, "Reference: ASCII File Export Format", on page 451.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Decimal Separator ← Export Trace to ASCII File ← Export Defines the decimal separator for floating-point numerals for the data export/import files. Evaluation programs require different separators in different languages. Remote command: FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator on page 918 File Explorer ← Export Trace to ASCII File ← Export Opens the Microsoft Windows File Explorer.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings For step-by-step instructions, see Chapter 8.4.2, "How to Store or Print Screenshots of the Display", on page 481. Remote commands for these settings are described in Chapter 11.9.4, "Storing or Printing Screenshots", on page 932. To print a screenshot of the current display with the current settings immediately, without switching to the "Print" menu, use the "Print immediately" icon in the toolbar. ● ● ● ● ● 8.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Print Screenshot..........................................................................................................473 Print Multiple Windows................................................................................................473 Comment.....................................................................................................................473 Print Logo...............................
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Print Screenshot Selects all measurement results displayed on the screen for the current channel setup (or "MultiView"): diagrams, traces, markers, marker lists, limit lines, etc., including the channel bar and status bar, for printout on a single page. Displayed items belonging to the software user interface (e.g. softkeys) are not included.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings This setting is only available if Print Screenshot is selected. Print Date and Time Includes or removes the current date and time at the bottom of the printout. Remote command: HCOPy:TDSTamp:STATe<1|2> on page 940 8.4.1.2 Print Preview Functions Access: "Print" The "Print Preview" of the printout according to the current configuration is available in all "Print Settings" dialog tabs. User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Zoom In / Zoom Out.................................................................................................... 475 Fit Page.......................................................................................................................476 Zoom 1:1..................................................................................................................... 476 Page Up / Page Down..............
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Fit Page Adapts the preview display zoom factor so that one complete page is visible as large as possible in the available display space. Note that the zoom functions affect only the preview, not the printout itself. Zoom 1:1 Displays the printout in its original size, as it will be printed. Page Up / Page Down Depending on the selected contents (see Chapter 8.4.1.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings Destination.................................................................................................................. 477 Suppress File Name Dialog........................................................................................ 478 Printer Name............................................................................................................... 478 Print to file............................
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings "File" Stores the printout to a file in the selected format. The filename is queried at the time of storage, or a default name is used (see Suppress File Name Dialog). Multiple windows can only be printed to a file in PDF format. If you select an image file format, the content setting is automatically set to Print Screenshot.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 8.4.1.4 Page Setup Access: "Print" > "Print Config" > "Page Setup" tab Page settings are only available when printing on a printer or to a PDF file (see "Destination" on page 477). Orientation...................................................................................................................479 Windows Per Page........................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings If more than one window is printed on one page, each window is printed in equal size. Remote command: HCOPy:PAGE:WINDow<1|2>:COUNt on page 939 Scaling Determines the scaling of the windows in the printout if Print Multiple Windows is active (see Chapter 8.4.1.1, "Print Content Settings", on page 471). If more than one window is printed on one page (see Windows Per Page), each window is printed in equal size.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings The settings provided here are identical to those in the "Print Colors" section of the "Display" > "Theme + Color" dialog box. See "Print Colors" on page 508. 8.4.2 How to Store or Print Screenshots of the Display The measurement results displayed on the screen can be printed or stored to a file very easily.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 2. In the "Content" tab, define the elements of the screen and additional information to be included in the printout. a) Select "Print Screenshot" to include all elements displayed on the screen in a single-page printout. b) Optionally, add a comment to be printed at the top of the printout. c) Optionally, activate the date and time or the logo so they are added to the printout.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings b) Select the result displays in the currently selected channel setup to be included in the printout. Tip: Select the "MultiView" before configuring the printout to include result displays from any active channel setup. c) Optionally, add a comment to be printed at the top of each page of the printout. d) Optionally, activate the date and time or the logo so they are added to the printout pages. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Creating Screenshots of Current Measurement Results and Settings 8.4.3 Example for Storing Multiple Measurement Results to a PDF File The following example describes the procedure to store results from measurements in the Spectrum application and the I/Q Analyzer to a single PDF file. 1. Configure and perform the measurements in the Spectrum application and I/Q Analyzer as required.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports 13. Select "Windows Per Page": 1 to print a single result display on each page. 14. Select the "Scaling" option "Size to fit" to maximize the result display on each page. 15. In the "Color" tab, select "Screen Colors (Print)" for a printout that reflects the colors you see on the screen, but with a white background. 16. Check the "Print Preview" to make sure all required result displays are included and all relevant data elements are visible.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports The R&S FPL1000 features a test report generator. A test report is a document that summarizes the results and configuration of measurements. Figure 8-1: Example of a test report A test report is made up of one or more datasets. Each dataset contains the results and configuration of one measurement. Test reports are based on a general template, and are completed with user-defined, measurement-specific contents.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Figure 8-2: Types of information in the test report 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = = = = = = = Logo (each page) Global information (each page) Measurement-specific information (per subreport) General instrument settings (per subreport) Measurement-specific settings (per subreport) Measurement results (per subreport) Date and page count (each page) To see the result of your template configuration, use the Show Preview function.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports 8.5.1.1 General Contents Access: > "Report menu" > "Templates" > "General" > "▽" > "General" The "General" area defines general properties of the report document. Page format.................................................................................................................488 File type.......................................................................................................................488 Use Screen Colors............
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports Date Adds the current date to each page of the report. Remote command: HCOPy:TREPort:TDSTamp[:STATe] on page 951 Page Count Adds page numbers to each page of the report. Remote command: HCOPy:TREPort:PAGecount:STATe on page 951 Report Path Defines the name of the report and the location where the report file is to be saved. Enter the path and filename in the input field, or select the directory using the "..." button.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports Figure 8-3: Example of a test report title page State: HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe:STATe on page 953 Title: HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe on page 952 Abstract: HCOPy:TREPort:DESCription on page 944 User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports 8.5.1.3 Measurement Information Access: tion" > "Report menu" > "Templates" > "General" > "▽" > "Measurement Informa- The "Measurement Information" area allows you to add user-defined information on the measurement to the report. You can add up to six lines to the report, plus one picture, for example a company logo. The first line is a heading. Each of the following five lines consists of a title and a value, which is displayed next to the title.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports Figure 8-5: Example for measurement-specific information in a test report State............................................................................................................................493 Title..............................................................................................................................493 Value............................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports "Subreport" Contents are valid for an individual measurement only. They are configured when you append the measurement results to the report, and included once for each subreport (measurement). Remote command: HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE:CONTrol on page 945 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:LOGO:CONTrol on page 948 Logo Includes a picture or logo in the report. Enter the path and filename in the input field, or select the directory using the "..." button.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports For the R&S FPL1000, test reports are only available in Spectrum mode, and only if the R&S FPL1-K54 is installed. For details on the provided information, see: ● "Diagram" on page 117 ● "Spectrogram" on page 119 ● "Marker Table" on page 117 ● "Marker Peak List" on page 118 ● "Result Summary" on page 118 ● Chapter 9.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports If you omit the path, the template is saved in the default directory (C:\Users\Public \Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\user). Remote command: Query available templates: HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:CATalog? on page 949 Save Saves the current test report configuration to the specified Template name. Remote command: HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:SAVE on page 950 Load Restores the selected test report configuration.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports Remote command: HCOPy:TREPort:NEW on page 950 Report Append Adds a new dataset to the existing ones for the next test report. If measurement-specific data is configured in the report template, a dialog box prompts you to provide the information for the appended dataset. Remote command: HCOPy:TREPort:APPend on page 944 8.5.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports Save Access: > "Report menu" > "Save" Saves the test report with the selected items to the selected Report Path with the selected File type. If the option Suppress Dialog is enabled, the report is saved to the directory specified in the general contents area (see Report Path). Tip: before saving the report, check the contents using the Show Preview function.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports Show Preview If enabled, a preview of the current test report configuration and contents is displayed. Note that it can take a short time until the preview has been created. The preview area provides typical viewing functions as in common PDF viewers. 8.5.5 How to Create a Test Report Using a test report you can summarize the results and configuration of measurements in a document directly from the Spectrum application.
R&S®FPL1000 Data Management Working with Test Reports 5. When the measurement is finished, save the results for your report: From the toolbar, select > "Report new" to delete any existing report data and start a new report. 6. Perform further measurements and save the results as required. From the toolbar, select > "Report append". 7. When you are ready to create the report, from the toolbar, select menu" > "Preview". > "Report 8.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Reference Frequency 9 General Instrument Setup Access: [SETUP] Some basic instrument settings can be configured independently of the selected operating mode or application. Usually, you configure most of these settings initially when you set up the instrument according to your personal preferences or requirements. Then you only adapt individual settings to special circumstances when necessary.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Display Settings Remote command: [SENSe:]ROSCillator:SOURce on page 955 9.2 Display Settings 9.2.1 Display Settings Access: [Setup] > "Display" Some general display settings are available regardless of the current application or operating mode. For information on optimizing your display for measurement results, see the application-specific result configuration descriptions. ● ● ● ● ● 9.2.1.1 General Display Settings...................................................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Display Settings Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen............................................................. 503 Display Update Rate................................................................................................... 503 Set Date and Time...................................................................................................... 503 Date and Time Format................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Display Settings Several elements on the screen display can be hidden or shown as required, for example to enlarge the display area for the measurement results. Toolbar........................................................................................................................ 504 Status Bar................................................................................................................... 505 Softkey Bar......................................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Display Settings Status Bar The status bar beneath the diagram indicates the global instrument settings, the instrument status and any irregularities during measurement or display. Some of the information displayed in the status bar can be queried from the status registry via remote commands, see Chapter 11.12, "Using the Status Register", on page 1010. Remote command: DISPlay:SBAR[:STATe] on page 964 Softkey Bar Softkeys are virtual keys provided by the software.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Display Settings Front Panel The "Front Panel" display simulates the entire front panel of the device (except for the external connectors) on the screen. Thus, you can interact with the R&S FPL1000 without the keypad and keys on the front panel of the device. That is useful, for example, when working with an external monitor or operating via remote control from a computer.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Display Settings Note: You can also activate the mini front panel using the key combination [ALT + m] (be aware of the keyboard language defined in the operating system!). That is useful when you are working from a remote PC and the front panel function is not active. Remote command: SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel[:STATe] on page 965 9.2.1.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Display Settings Theme......................................................................................................................... 508 Print Colors................................................................................................................. 508 Showing Print Colors on Display.................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Display Settings Showing Print Colors on Display Temporarily shows the currently selected print colors on the screen display. This function can be used as a preview for printing. 9.2.1.4 External Monitor Settings Access: [Setup] > "Display" > "Configure Monitor" You can connect an external monitor (or projector) to the DVI or display port connector on the instrument's rear panel (see the R&S FPL1000 getting started manual).
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Display Settings Level Lock................................................................................................................... 510 X-Lock......................................................................................................................... 510 Y-Lock......................................................................................................................... 510 Adapt Measurement to Zoom (selected diagram)..................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Language Settings Icon Function Turn left Enter Turn right Mini front panel The mini front panel provides only the keys on the touchscreen, to operate the R&S FPL1000 via an external monitor or remote desktop. By default, the "Auto close" option is activated and the mini front panel window closes automatically after you select a key. This is useful if you only require the mini front panel display occasionally to press a single function key.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup System Configuration Settings 9.4 System Configuration Settings Access: [Setup] > "System Configuration" ● ● ● ● ● ● Hardware Information............................................................................................512 Information on Versions and Options.................................................................... 512 System Messages.................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup System Configuration Settings The table also contains: ● The open source acknowledgements (PDF file) for the firmware and other software packages used by the R&S FPL1000 ● The European License Agreement (EULA) for LucasFonts RSCorpid Expired option licenses If an option is about to expire, a message box is displayed to inform you. You can then use the "Install Option" function to enter a new license key.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup System Configuration Settings IVI Shared Components EULA: Open Displays a PDF file containing copyright information on the IVI shared components used by the R&S FPL1000 firmware. Install Option Opens an edit dialog box to enter the license key for the option that you want to install. Install Option by XML Opens a file selection dialog box to install an additional option to the R&S FPL1000 using an XML file.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup System Configuration Settings Component hardware messages: name of the affected module software messages: name of the affected software Date/Time date and time of the occurrence of the message Remote command: SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? on page 974 9.4.4 Firmware Updates Access: [Setup] > "System Configuration" > "Firmware Update" During instrument start, the installed hardware is checked against the current firmware version to ensure the hardware is supported.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup System Configuration Settings Remote command: SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate on page 975 How to Update the Instrument Firmware 1. Download the update package from the Rohde&Schwarz website and store it on a memory stick, on the instrument, or on a server network drive that can be accessed by the instrument. 2. NOTICE! Stop measurement. The firmware update must not be performed during a running measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Service Functions Out-of-range value behavior....................................................................................... 517 Out-of-range value behavior By default, if you enter a value that is outside the valid range in an input field for a setting, a warning is displayed and the value is not accepted.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Service Functions When unexpected problems arise with the R&S FPL1000 some service functions may help you solve them. For more helpful information for support, see also Chapter 12.6, "Collecting Information for Support", on page 1029 ● ● ● ● R&S Support Information...................................................................................... 518 Self-test Settings and Results...............................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Service Functions This data is stored to the C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer directory on the instrument. The file name consists of the unique device ID and the current date and time of the file creation. If you contact the Rohde & Schwarz support to get help for a certain problem, send these files to the support in order to identify and solve the problem faster. Remote command: DIAGnostic:SERVice:SINFo? on page 976 Save Device Footprint Creates an *.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Service Functions Remote command: *TST? on page 617 DIAGnostic:SERVice:STESt:RESult? on page 958 9.5.3 Calibration Signal Display Access: [Setup] > "Service" > "Calibration Signal" Alternatively to the RF input signal from the front panel connector you can use the instrument's calibration signal as the input signal, for example to perform service functions on. NONE........................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Service Functions 9.5.4 Service Functions Access: [Setup] > "Service" > "Service Function" Using service functions The service functions are not necessary for normal measurement operation. Incorrect use can affect correct operation and/or data integrity of the R&S FPL1000. Therefore, many of the functions can only be used after entering a password. These functions are described in the instrument service manual. Service Function........................................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Toolbar Configuration Clear History Deletes the list of previously selected service functions. Password Most service functions require a special password as they may disrupt normal operation of the R&S FPL1000. There are different levels of service functions, depending on how restrictive their use is handled. Each service level has a different password. "Reset Password" clears any previously entered password and returns to the most restrictive service level.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers Figure 9-1: Inserting the Windows icon in the toolbar 3. To add an icon that is currently not visible: a) Select "More icons". All hidden icons are displayed in a menu. b) Drag the icon from the menu to the toolbar. The added icon is displayed. If the toolbar contains too many icons to display, the icons from the bottom move to the menu. 4. To hide an icon from the toolbar, drag and drop it outside the toolbar.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers transducer factors for specific trace points. A set of transducer factors defines an interpolated transducer line and can be stored on the instrument. In the Spectrum application, the correction factor from all active transducers is calculated for each displayed trace point once in advance and is added to the result of the level measurement during the sweep. If the sweep range changes, the correction values are calculated again.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers surements. The minimum frequency of a data point is 0 Hz, the maximum frequency 200 GHz. ● The value range for the transducer factor is ±200 dB. ● Gain has to be entered as a negative value, and attenuation as a positive value. Storing transducer factors Transducer factors can also be stored with the configuration settings so they can be recalled for other measurements at a later time.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers For the transducer line overview, the R&S FPL1000 searches for all stored transducer lines with the file extension .TDF in the C:\ProgramData\Rohde-Schwarz\ZNL-FPL\trd directory. The overview allows you to determine which transducer lines are available and can be used for the current measurement. For details on settings for individual lines see Chapter 9.7.2.2, "Transducer Factors", on page 528.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers The following units are available: ● dB ● dBm ● dBmV ● dBμV ● dBμV/m ● dBμA ● dBμA/m ● dBpW ● dBpT Compatibility Indicates whether the transducer factors are compatible with the current measurement settings. For more information on which conditions a transducer line must fulfill to be compatible, see Chapter 9.7.1, "Basics on Transducer Factors", on page 523. Activating / Deactivating Activates/deactivates the transducer line.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers Edit Line Edit an existing transducer line configuration. Copy Line Copy the selected transducer line configuration to create a new line. Delete Line Delete the selected transducer line. Remote command: [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete on page 960 9.7.2.2 Transducer Factors Access: [Setup] > "Transducer" > "Edit Line" / "Copy Line" / "New Line" The settings and functions available for individual transducer lines are described here.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers └ File Explorer..................................................................................................530 Export..........................................................................................................................530 └ File Explorer..................................................................................................530 Name Defines the transducer line name.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers Insert Value Inserts a data point in the transducer line above the selected one in the "Edit Transducer" dialog box. Delete Value Deletes the selected data point in the "Edit Transducer" dialog box. Shift x Shifts the x-value of each data point horizontally by the defined shift width. Shift y Shifts the y-value of each data point vertically by the defined shift width.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers 9.7.3 Reference: Transducer Factor File Format Transducer factor data can be exported to a file in ASCII (CSV) format for further evaluation in other applications. Transducer factors stored in the specified ASCII (CSV) format can also be imported to the R&S FPL1000 for other measurements. For more information about transducer factors, see "Import" on page 530. This reference describes in detail the format of the export/import files for transducer factors.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers Stored transducer settings When storing and recalling transducer settings, consider the information provided in "Saving and recalling transducer and limit line settings" on page 458.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Transducers In order to store the changes to the transducer lines in a settings file, select the "Save" icon in the toolbar. (See Chapter 8.2, "Storing and Recalling Instrument Settings and Measurement Data", on page 457). How to copy an existing transducer line 1. In the "Transducer" dialog box, select the transducer line. 2. Select the "Copy" button. The "Edit Transducer" dialog box is opened with the configuration of the selected transducer. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Alignment d) Repeat this to insert all other data points. To insert a data point before an existing one, select the data point and then "Insert Value". To insert a new data point at the end of the list, move the focus to the line after the last entry and then select "Insert Value". To delete a data point, select the entry and then "Delete Value". 5. Check the current line configuration in the preview area of the dialog box.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Alignment If you start a self-alignment remotely and then select the "Local" softkey while the alignment is still running, the instrument only returns to the manual operation state after the alignment is completed. During self-alignment, do not connect a signal to the RF input connector. Running a self-alignment with a signal connected to the RF input can lead to false measurement results.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Alignment ● If the position of the instrument has been changed and you cannot look straight on the screen ● If another person operates the instrument 9.8.2 Alignment Settings Access: [Setup] > "Alignment" Both the instrument and the touchscreen can be aligned when necessary (see Chapter 9.8.1, "Basics on Alignment", on page 534). Start Self Alignment....................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Alignment Abort Self Alignment As long as the self-alignment data is being collected, the procedure can be canceled using the "Abort Self Alignment" button. Note: If you start a self-alignment remotely, then select the "Local" softkey while the alignment is still running, the instrument only returns to the manual operation state after the alignment is completed. In this case, you cannot abort a self-alignment manually.
R&S®FPL1000 General Instrument Setup Alignment 9.8.4 How to Align the Instrument Operating temperature Before performing this functional test, make sure that the instrument has reached its operating temperature (for details, refer to the data sheet). To perform a self-alignment Make sure no signal is connected to the RF input connector. Running a self-alignment with a signal connected to the RF input can lead to false measurement results. 1. Press the [SETUP] key. 2. Select the "Alignment" softkey. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics 10 Network and Remote Operation In addition to working with the R&S FPL1000 interactively, located directly at the instrument, it is also possible to operate and control it from a remote PC.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Table 10-1: Remote control interfaces and protocols Interface Protocols, VISA*) address string Remarks Local Area Network (LAN) ● A LAN connector is located on the rear panel of the instrument. ● ● HiSLIP High-Speed LAN Instrument Protocol (IVI-6.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics The R&S FPL1000 supports various LAN protocols such as LXI, RSIB, raw socket or the newer HiSLIP protocol. IP address Only the IP address or a valid DNS host name is required to set up the connection. The host address is part of the "VISA resource string" used by the programs to identify and control the instrument.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics VXI-11 Protocol The VXI-11 standard is based on the ONC RPC (Open Network Computing Remote Procedure Call) protocol which in turn relies on TCP/IP as the network/transport layer. The TCP/IP network protocol and the associated network services are preconfigured. TCP/IP ensures connection-oriented communication, where the order of the exchanged messages is adhered to and interrupted links are identified.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics the port configured for remote-control. All R&S FPL1000 use port number 5025 for this purpose. The port is configured for communication on a command-to-command basis and for remote control from a program. LXI Web Browser Interface LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation (LXI) is an instrumentation platform for measuring instruments and test systems that is based on standard Ethernet technology.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics The navigation pane of the browser interface contains the following elements: ● ● "LXI" – "Home" opens the instrument home page. The home page displays the device information required by the LXI standard, including the VISA resource string in read-only format. The "Device Indicator" button allows you to physically identify the instrument.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics (See Chapter 10.4.5, "How to Control the R&S FPL1000 via the Web Browser Interface", on page 601.) ● "License Manager" – "License Manager" allows you to install or uninstall license keys and to activate, register or unregister licenses. ● "Help" – "Glossary" explains terms related to the LXI standard. – 10.1.1.2 "www.rohde-schwarz.com" opens the Rohde & Schwarz home page.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Figure 10-1: Communication lines used by the GPIB interface User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Universal Commands Universal commands are encoded in the range 10 through 1F hex. They affect all instruments connected to the bus and do not require addressing. Command Effect on the instrument DCL (Device Clear) Aborts the processing of the commands just received and sets the command processing software to a defined initial state. Does not change the instrument settings.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Tables provide a fast overview of the bit assignment in the status registers. The tables are supplemented by a comprehensive description of the status registers. 10.1.3 VISA Libraries VISA is a standardized software interface library providing input and output functions to communicate with instruments. The I/O channel (LAN or TCP/IP, USB, ...
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics – ● Queries cause data to be provided for remote control, e.g. for identification of the instrument or polling a parameter value. Queries are formed by directly appending a question mark to the command header. According to their definition in standards: – Common commands: their function and syntax are precisely defined in standard IEEE 488.2. They are employed identically on all instruments (if implemented).
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics 10.1.5.2 Syntax for Device-Specific Commands Not all commands used in the following examples are necessarily implemented in the instrument. For demonstration purposes only, assume the existence of the following commands for this section: ● DISPlay[:WINDow<1...
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Example: Definition: HCOPy:PAGE:DIMensions:QUADrant[] Command: HCOP:PAGE:DIM:QUAD2 This command refers to the quadrant 2. Different numbering in remote control For remote control, the suffix may differ from the number of the corresponding selection used in manual operation. SCPI prescribes that suffix counting starts with 1. Suffix 1 is the default state and used when no specific suffix is specified.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics ● ● ● ● ● ● Numeric Values..................................................................................................... 552 Special Numeric Values........................................................................................ 552 Boolean Parameters............................................................................................. 553 Text Parameters....................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics ● INF and NINF: INFinity and negative INFinity (NINF) represent the numeric values 9.9E37 or -9.9E37, respectively. INF and NINF are only sent as instrument responses. ● NAN: Not A Number (NAN) represents the value 9.91E37. NAN is only sent as a instrument response. This value is not defined. Possible causes are the division of zero by zero, the subtraction of infinite from infinite and the representation of missing values.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Example: HCOP:ITEM:LABel "Test1" HCOP:ITEM:LABel 'Test1' Block Data Block data is a format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data. For example, a command using a block data parameter has the following structure: FORMat:READings:DATA #45168xxxxxxxx The ASCII character # introduces the data block. The next number indicates how many of the following digits describe the length of the data block.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Table 10-4: Special characters | Parameters A vertical stroke in parameter definitions indicates alternative possibilities in the sense of "or". The effect of the command differs, depending on which parameter is used.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Example: HCOP:ITEM ALL;:HCOP:IMM This command line contains two commands. Both commands are part of the HCOP command system, i.e. they have one level in common. If the successive commands belong to the same system, having one or several levels in common, the command line can be abbreviated. When abbreviating the command line, the second command begins with the level below HCOP. The colon after the semicolon is omitted.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics 10.1.6 Command Sequence and Synchronization IEEE 488.2 defines a distinction between overlapped and sequential commands: ● A sequential command is one which finishes executing before the next command starts executing. Commands that are processed quickly are usually implemented as sequential commands. ● An overlapping command is one which does not automatically finish executing before the next command starts executing.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Example: Overlapping command with *OPC The instrument implements INITiate[:IMMediate] as an overlapped command. Assuming that INITiate[:IMMediate] takes longer to execute than *OPC, sending the following command sequence results in initiating a sweep and, after some time, setting the OPC bit in the ESR: INIT; *OPC.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics 4. Wait for a service request. The service request indicates that the overlapped command has finished. *OPC? with a service request 1. Set bit no. 4 in the SRE: *SRE 16 to enable MAV service request. 2. Send the overlapped command with *OPC?. 3. Wait for a service request. The service request indicates that the overlapped command has finished. Event status register (ESE) 1. Set the OPC mask bit (bit no. 0) in the ESE: *ESE 1 2.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics & logic AND logic OR *) 15 of all bits one register for each channel 15 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 9 9 9 9 8 8 HCOPy in progress not used 15 14 8 7 7 CACLR FAIL 7 LMARgin 8 FAIL 7 LIMit 8 FAIL 6 6 ALT3...
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics ● IST, PPE The IST flag ("Individual STatus"), like the SRQ, combines the entire instrument status in a single bit. The PPE fulfills the same function for the IST flag as the SRE for the service request. ● Output buffer The output buffer contains the messages the instrument returns to the controller. It is not part of the status reporting system but determines the value of the MAV bit in the STB and thus is represented in the overview.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics part can only be read, but not written into or cleared. Its contents are not affected by reading. ● PTRansition / NTRansition The two transition register parts define which state transition of the CONDition part (none, 0 to 1, 1 to 0 or both) is stored in the EVENt part. The Positive-TRansition part acts as a transition filter.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register The STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register is used by the R&S FPL1000 applications and is described in the individual sections (manuals) for each application. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)..........................563 IST Flag and Parallel Poll Enable Register (PPE)................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning 4 MAV bit (message available) The bit is set if a message is available in the output queue which can be read. This bit can be used to enable data to be automatically read from the instrument to the controller. 5 ESB bit Sum bit of the event status register. It is set if one of the bits in the event status register is set and enabled in the event status enable register.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning 3 Device-dependent Error This bit is set if a device-dependent error occurs. An error message with a number between -300 and -399 or a positive error number, which denotes the error in greater detail, is entered into the error queue. 4 Execution Error This bit is set if a received command is syntactically correct but cannot be performed for other reasons.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning 10-14 Not used 15 This bit is always 0. STATus:QUEStionable Register The STATus:QUEStionable register contains information on instrument states that do not meet the specifications. The STAT:QUES:SYNC register is used by the applications and is thus described in the individual applications' User Manuals. You can read out the register with STAT:QUES:COND or STAT:QUES:EVEN.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning 6-7 Unused 8 "CALibration" This bit is set if the R&S FPL1000 is unaligned ("UNCAL" display) 9 "LIMit" (device-specific) This bit is set if a limit value is violated in any of the active channels in any window. The STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register provides more information on the error type. 10 "LMARgin" (device-specific) This bit is set if a margin is violated in any of the active channels in any window.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning 4 ALT2 UPPer FAIL This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the upper 2nd alternate channel. 5 ALT2 LOWer FAIL This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower 2nd alternate channel. 6 ALT3 … 11 LOWer/UPPer FAIL This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in one of the lower or upper alternate channels 3 … 11. 7 CACLR FAIL This bit is set if the CACLR limit is exceeded in one of the gap channels.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Table 10-12: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:EXTended:INFO register Bit No. Meaning 0 MESSage This bit is set if event or state has occurred that may lead to an error during further operation. 1 INFO This bit is set if an informational status message is available for the application. 2 WARNing This bit is set if an irregular situation occurs during measurement, e.g.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register The STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register contains information about the results of a limit check when you are working with limit lines. A separate LIMit register exists for each active channel and for each window. You can read out the register with STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:CONDition? or STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit[:EVENt]?.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Table 10-15: Meaning of the bits used in the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register Bit No. Meaning 0 LMARgin 1 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated. 1 LMARgin 2 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 2 is violated. 2 LMARgin 3 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 3 is violated. 3 LMARgin 4 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 4 is violated. 4 LMARgin 5 FAIL This bit is set if limit margin 5 is violated.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Bit No. Meaning 3 Input Overload This bit is set if the signal level at the RF input connector exceeds the maximum. The RF input is disconnected from the input mixer to protect the device. In order to re-enable measurement, decrease the level at the RF input connector and reconnect the RF input to the mixer input.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics 10.1.7.4 Application of the Status Reporting System The purpose of the status reporting system is to monitor the status of one or several devices in a measuring system. To do this and react appropriately, the controller must receive and evaluate the information of all devices.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics The serial poll method is defined in IEEE 488.1 and used to be the only standard possibility for different instruments to poll the status byte. The method also works for instruments which do not adhere to SCPI or IEEE 488.2. The serial poll is mainly used to obtain a fast overview of the state of several instruments connected to the controller.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Example: The decimal value 40 = 32 + 8 indicates that bits no. 3 and 5 in the status register (e.g. the QUEStionable status summary bit and the ESB bit in the STatus Byte ) are set. Error Queue Each error state in the instrument leads to an entry in the error queue. The entries of the error queue are detailed plain text error messages that can be looked up in the Error Log or queried via remote control using SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Remote Control Basics Event Switching on supply voltage DCL, SDC Power-On-StatusClear (Device Clear, Selected Device Clear) *RST or SYSTem:PRE Set STATus:PRESet *CLS Effect 0 1 Clear ENABle parts of all OPERation and QUEStionable registers; - yes - - yes - - yes - - yes - Clear error queue yes yes - - - yes Clear output buffer yes yes yes 1) 1) 1) Clear command processing and input buffer yes yes yes - - - Fill ENABle pa
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation GPIB Languages Error queues The error queue should be queried after every service request in the controller program as the entries describe the cause of an error more precisely than the status registers. Especially in the test phase of a controller program the error queue should be queried regularly since faulty commands from the controller to the instrument are recorded there as well. 10.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings Language Comment R&S FSV R&S FSL Notes: ● If you select a language other than "SCPI", the GPIB address is set to 18 if it was 20 before. ● The Start/stop frequency, reference level and number of sweep points are adapted to the selected instrument model. ● When you switch between remote control languages, the following settings or changes are made: SCPI: The instrument performs a PRESET.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings Step-by-step instructions are provided in Chapter 10.4, "How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control", on page 591. ● ● ● ● ● ● General Network Settings..................................................................................... 579 Remote Settings....................................................................................................581 Compatibility Settings..................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings Computer Name..........................................................................................................580 IP Address...................................................................................................................581 Subnet Mask............................................................................................................... 581 DHCP..................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings IP Address Defines the IP address. The TCP/IP protocol is preinstalled with the IP address 10.0.0.10. If the DHCP server is available ("DHCP On"), the setting is read-only. The IP address consists of four number blocks separated by dots. Each block contains 3 numbers in maximum (e.g. 100.100.100.100), but also one or two numbers are allowed in a block (as an example see the preinstalled address).
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings GPIB Address............................................................................................................. 582 Identification String......................................................................................................582 Reset to Factory String............................................................................................... 582 Remote Display Update....................................
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: SYSTem:IDENtify:FACTory on page 969 Remote Display Update Defines whether the display of the R&S FPL1000 is updated when changing from manual operation to remote control. Turning off the display update function improves performance during remote control. Note: Usually, this function remains available on the display during remote operation. However, it can be disabled remotely.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings The error message remains in place when you switch to "Local" mode. To close the message box, select the "Close" icon. Only the most recent error is displayed in remote mode. However, in local mode, all errors that occurred during remote operation are listed in a separate tab of the "Network + Remote" dialog box (see Chapter 10.3.5, "Remote Errors", on page 588).
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings Language.................................................................................................................... 585 IF Gain........................................................................................................................ 585 Sweep Repeat.............................................................................................................585 Coupling.......................................
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings Coupling Controls the default coupling ratios in the HP emulation mode for: ● ● span and resolution bandwidth (Span/RBW) resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth (RBW/VBW) For FSx, the standard parameter coupling of the instrument is used. As a result, in most cases a shorter sweep time is used than in case of HP. This setting is only available if a HP language is selected (see "Language" on page 585).
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings Current LXI Configuration........................................................................................... 587 LXI Password.............................................................................................................. 587 LXI Manufacturer Description......................................................................................588 LAN Reset..........................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: SYSTem:LXI:PASSword on page 971 LXI Manufacturer Description Instrument description of the R&S FPL1000 Remote command: SYSTem:LXI:MDEScription on page 971 LAN Reset Resets the LAN configuration to its default settings (LCI function). According to the LXI standard, an LCI must set the following parameters to a default state.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings The most recent error message during remote operation can be displayed on the screen, see "Display Remote Errors" on page 583. If the number of error messages exceeds the capacity of the error buffer, the oldest error message is removed before the newest one is inserted. To clear the message buffer use the "Clear Error List" button. It is automatically cleared when the R&S FPL1000 is shut down.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation Network and Remote Control Settings Remote command: SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:REMote on page 973 10.3.6 Returning to Manual Mode ("Local") When switched on, the instrument is always in the manual measurement mode and can be operated via the front panel. As soon as the instrument receives a remote command, it is switched to the remote control mode. In remote control mode, all keys of the instrument except the [PRESET] key are disabled.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4 How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Risk of network failure Consult your network administrator before performing the following tasks: ● Connecting the instrument to the network ● Configuring the network ● Changing IP addresses ● Exchanging hardware Errors can affect the entire network.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Windows Firewall Settings A firewall protects an instrument by preventing unauthorized users from gaining access to it through a network. Rohde & Schwarz highly recommends the use of the firewall on your instrument. R&S instruments are shipped with the Windows firewall enabled and preconfigured in such a way that all ports and connections for remote control are enabled.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control By default, the instrument is configured to use dynamic TCP/IP configuration and obtain all address information automatically. This means that it is safe to establish a physical connection to the LAN without any previous instrument configuration. When a DHCP server is used, a new IP address may be assigned each time the PC is restarted. This address must first be determined on the PC itself.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 7. Close the dialog box. If you have entered an invalid IP address or subnet mask, the message "out of range" is displayed in the status line. If the settings are correct, the configuration is saved, and you are prompted to restart the instrument. 8. Confirm the displayed message ("Yes" button) to restart the instrument.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4.1.3 How to Change the Instrument Name In a LAN that uses a DNS server (Domain Name System server), each PC or instrument connected in the LAN can be accessed via an unambiguous computer name instead of the IP address. The DNS server translates the host name to the IP address. This is especially useful when a DHCP server is used, as a new IP address may be assigned each time the instrument is restarted.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The instrument home page displays the device information required by the LXI standard including the VISA resource string in read-only format. ► Press the "Device Indicator" button on the "Instrument Home Page" to activate or deactivate the LXI status LED to the right of the button.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control IP Configuration The "LAN Configuration > IP configuration" web page displays all mandatory LAN parameters and allows their modification. The "TCP/IP Mode" configuration field controls how the IP address for the instrument gets assigned (see also Chapter 10.4.1.2, "How to Assign the IP Address", on page 592).
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 3. Select "Submit". 10.4.1.5 How to Change the GPIB Instrument Address In order to operate the instrument via remote control, it must be addressed using the GPIB address. The remote control address is factory-set to 20, but it can be changed if it does not fit in the network environment. For remote control, addresses 0 through 30 are allowed. The GPIB address is maintained after a reset of the instrument settings.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control At the same time you log on to the operating system, you are automatically logged on to the network. As a prerequisite, the user name and the password must be identical on the instrument and on the network. 10.4.3.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4.3.3 How to Activate or Deactivate the Automatic Login Mechanism Deactivating the automatic login mechanism When shipped, the instrument is already configured to automatically log on under Windows. To deactivate the automatic login mechanism, perform the following steps: 1. In the "Start" menu, select "Run". The "Run" dialog box is displayed. 2. Enter the command C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\user\
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4.5 How to Control the R&S FPL1000 via the Web Browser Interface Via the LXI browser interface to the R&S FPL1000 one or more users can control the instrument remotely from another PC without additional installation. Most instrument controls are available via the front panel simulation. File upload and download between the instrument and the remote PC is also available.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The most commonly used folders on the instrument are displayed, for example those that contain user data, as well as the top-most My Computer folder, from which you can access all other folders on the instrument. 3. To download a file from the R&S FPL1000, select the file from the displayed folders and then select "Download File". 4.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 6. Set "Startup type" to "Disabled". 7. Select "Stop". 8. Select "Apply". The next time a user enters the IP address of the instrument in a web browser, an error message is displayed: Failed to connect to server (code. 1006) 10.4.7 How to Set Up Remote Desktop Remote Desktop is a Windows application which can be used to access and control the instrument from a remote computer through a LAN connection.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 10.4.7.1 How to Configure the R&S FPL1000 for Remote Operation via Remote Desktop 1. Create a fixed IP address for the TCP/IP protocol as described in Chapter 10.4.1.2, "How to Assign the IP Address", on page 592. Note: To avoid problems, use a fixed IP address. When a DHCP server is used, a new IP address is assigned each time the instrument is restarted. This address must first be determined on the instrument itself.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control b) Select the users or create new user accounts as described in Chapter 10.4.3.1, "How to Create Users", on page 599. c) Select "OK" to confirm the settings. 7. The R&S FPL1000 is now ready for connection setup with the Remote Desktop program of the controller. 10.4.7.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control 4. Open the "Experience" tab. The settings on this tab are used to select and optimize the connection speed. 5. In the list, select the appropriate connection (for example: LAN (10 Mbps or higher)). Depending on your selection (and how powerful the connection is), the options are activated or deactivated. 6.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Windows will then map drives of the controller to the corresponding network drives. 9. To use printers connected to the controller while accessing them from the R&S FPL1000, activate the "Printers" option. Do not change the remaining settings. 10. Open the "Display" tab. The options for configuring the R&S FPL1000 screen display are displayed. 11.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control ● ● 10.4.7.3 If activated, a bar showing the network address of the R&S FPL1000 will appear at the top edge of the screen. You can use this bar to reduce, minimize or close the window. If deactivated, the only way you can return to the controller desktop from the R&S FPL1000 screen in full screen mode is to select "Disconnect" from the "Start" menu.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control The firmware restarts and then automatically opens the "Soft Front Panel", i.e. the user interface on which all front panel controls and the rotary knob are mapped to buttons. For more information see Chapter 9.2.2, "How to Work with the Soft Front Panels", on page 510. 8. To deactivate or activate the "Softfrontpanel", press the [F6] key.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Restoring the connection to the R&S FPL1000 Follow the instructions above for setting up a connection to the R&S FPL1000. If the connection is terminated and then restored, the R&S FPL1000 remains in the same state. 10.4.7.4 How to Shut Down the R&S FPL1000 via Remote Operation 1. Select the R&S FPL1000 softfrontpanel and close the application with the key combination [ALT] + [F4]. 2.
R&S®FPL1000 Network and Remote Operation How to Set Up a Network and Remote Control Switching to manual mode is only possible via remote control then. This function is only available for the GPIB interface. 5. To enable the keys of the R&S FPL1000 again, switch the instrument to local mode (GTL - Go to Local), i.e. deactivate the REN line of the remote control interface. If the instrument is operated exclusively in remote control, it is recommended that you switch off the display.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Conventions Used in SCPI Command Descriptions 11 Remote Commands The commands required to perform measurements in the Spectrum application in a remote environment are described here. Compatibility with former R&S signal and spectrum analyzers As a rule, the R&S FPL1000 supports most commands from previous R&S signal and spectrum analyzers such as the FSQ, FSP, FSU, or FSV. However, the default values, in particular the number of sweep points or particular bandwidths, may vary.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Common Commands ● Asynchronous commands A command which does not automatically finish executing before the next command starts executing (overlapping command) is indicated as an Asynchronous command. ● Reset values (*RST) Default parameter values that are used directly after resetting the instrument (*RST command) are indicated as *RST values, if available. ● Default unit The default unit is used for numeric values if no other unit is provided with the parameter.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Common Commands *PRE............................................................................................................................ 615 *PSC............................................................................................................................ 616 *RST.............................................................................................................................616 *SRE...............................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Common Commands *IDN? Identification Returns the instrument identification. Usage: Query only *IST? Individual status query Returns the contents of the IST flag in decimal form. The IST flag is the status bit which is sent during a parallel poll. Return values: 0|1 Usage: Query only *OPC Operation complete Sets bit 0 in the event status register when all preceding commands have been executed. This bit can be used to initiate a service request.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Common Commands Sets parallel poll enable register to the indicated value. The query returns the contents of the parallel poll enable register in decimal form. Parameters: Range: 0 to 255 *PSC Power on status clear Determines whether the contents of the ENABle registers are preserved or reset when the instrument is switched on.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Commands for Remote Instrument Operation *TRG Trigger Triggers all actions waiting for a trigger event. In particular, *TRG generates a manual trigger signal. This common command complements the commands of the TRIGger subsystem. *TRG corresponds to the INITiate:IMMediate command (see INITiate[: IMMediate] on page 629). Usage: Event *TST? Self-test query Initiates self-tests of the instrument and returns an error code.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Selecting the Operating Mode and Application SYSTem:CLOGging This command turns logging of remote commands on and off. Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 ON | 1 Writes all remote commands that have been sent to a file. The destination is C: \Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\ScpiLogging\ ScpiLog.. where is a sequential number A new log file is started each time logging was stopped and is restarted.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Selecting the Operating Mode and Application DISPlay:ATAB This command switches between the MultiView tab and the most recently displayed channel setup. If only one channel setup is active, this command has no effect. Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on INSTrument:CREate:DUPLicate This command duplicates the currently selected channel setup, i.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Selecting the Operating Mode and Application INSTrument:CREate:REPLace ,, This command replaces a channel setup with another one. Setting parameters: String containing the name of the channel setup you want to replace. Channel type of the new channel setup. For a list of available channel setup types see INSTrument: LIST? on page 620. String containing the name of the new channel setup.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Example: INST:LIST? Result for 3 channel setups: 'ADEM','Analog Demod','IQ','IQ Analyzer','IQ','IQ Analyzer2' Usage: Query only Manual operation: See "Changing the Channel Setup Name" on page 64 See "Defining a channel setup" on page 82 See "New Channel Setup" on page 83 Table 11-2: Available channel setup types and default channel setup names Application Parameter Default Channel Setup Name*) Spectrum SANALYZ
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Selecting the Operating Mode and Application INSTrument[:SELect] | This command activates a new channel setup with the defined channel setup type, or selects an existing channel setup with the specified name. Also see ● INSTrument:CREate[:NEW] on page 619 Parameters: Channel type of the new channel setup. For a list of available channel setup types see INSTrument: LIST? on page 620.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Selecting the Operating Mode and Application Before this command can be executed, the Sequencer must be activated (see SYSTem:SEQuencer on page 623). Example: SYST:SEQ ON Activates the Sequencer. INIT:SEQ:MODE SING Sets single sequence mode so each active measurement will be performed once. INIT:SEQ:IMM Starts the sequential measurements.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Selecting the Operating Mode and Application ON | 1 The Sequencer is activated and a sequential measurement is started immediately. OFF | 0 The Sequencer is deactivated. Any running sequential measurements are stopped. Further Sequencer commands (INIT:SEQ...) are not available. *RST: 0 Example: SYST:SEQ ON Activates the Sequencer. INIT:SEQ:MODE SING Sets single Sequencer mode so each active measurement will be performed once. INIT:SEQ:IMM Starts the sequential measurements.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Selecting the Operating Mode and Application //----------Creating a second measurement channel ---------------//Create second IQ channel INSTrument:CREate:NEW IQ,'IQ 2' //Set sweep count SENS:SWEEP:COUNT 2 //Change trace modes DISP:TRAC1:MODE MAXH DISP:TRAC2:MODE MINH //Create new analyzer channel INSTrument:CREate:NEW SANalyzer,'Spectrum 2' //Activate ACLR measurement in channel 'Spectrum 2' CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect ACPower //Load W-CDMA Standard CALCulate:MARKer
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements //Set marker to maximum in IQ1 and query result CALCulate:MARKer:MAXimum CALC:MARK:Y? //Switch to second IQ channel and retrieve results INST:SEL 'IQ 2';*WAI CALCulate:MARKer:MIN CALC:MARK:Y? //Switch to first Spectrum channel INST:SEL 'Spectrum';*WAI //Query one of the SEM results CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? CPOWer //Switch to second Spectrum channel INST:SEL 'Spectrum 2';*WAI //Query channel power result CALCulate:MARKer:FUN
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive for performing measurements: ABORt.......................................................................................................................... 627 INITiate:CONMeas................................................................................................... 627 INITiate:CONTinuous................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging. SWE:COUN 20 Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps. INIT;*WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps. INIT:CONM;*WAI Continues the measurement (next 20 sweeps) and waits for the end. Result: Averaging is performed over 40 sweeps.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: See "Frequency Sweep" on page 97 See "Zero Span" on page 97 See "Continuous Sweep / Run Cont" on page 328 INITiate[:IMMediate] This command starts a (single) new measurement. With sweep count or average count > 0, this means a restart of the corresponding number of measurements. With trace mode MAXHold, MINHold and AVERage, the previous results are reset on restarting the measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.2 Configuring Power Measurements The following commands work for several power measurements. CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:MODE............................................... 630 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult?.............................................630 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect..............................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Multi-SEM: 1 to 3 for all other measurements: irrelevant ACPower | MCACpower ACLR measurements (also known as adjacent channel power or multicarrier adjacent channel measurements). Returns the power for every active transmission and adjacent channel.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: See "C/N" on page 151 See "C/N0" on page 151 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect This command selects a power measurement and turns the measurement on. Suffix: . Window Marker irrelevant Parameters: ACPower | MCACpower Adjacent channel leakage ratio (ACLR), also known as adjacent channel power or multicarrier adjacent channel.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements OFF | 0 A standard frequency sweep is activated. *RST: Manual operation: 0 See "C/N" on page 151 See "C/N0" on page 151 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet This command determines the ideal span, bandwidths and detector for the current power measurement. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Range: *RST: 1 to 6 1 Example: POW:TRAC 2 Assigns the measurement to trace 2. Manual operation: See "Selected Trace" on page 137 11.6.3 Measuring Compression Points All remote control commands specific to compression point measurements are described here. ● ● 11.6.3.1 Configuring the Compression Point Measurement...............................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CONF:CME:REF MAN CONF:CME:REF:VAL -30 Manual operation: See "Reference" on page 125 CONFigure:CMEasurement:REFerence[:MODE] Determines how the reference value for the compression point measurement is defined. Parameters: AUTO | MANual AUTO The reference value is determined automatically. MANual The reference value is defined using CONFigure: CMEasurement:REFerence:VALue on page 634.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements To query the results of the 1 dB compression point measurement, use FETCh: CMEasurement:P1DB[:RESult]? on page 637.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST: 0 Example: Enable calculation: CONF:CME:REF:PNDB ON Define compression value: CONF:CME:RES:CVAL 5 Query results: FETC:CME:PNDB? Manual operation: See "Compression Points" on page 125 CONFigure:CMEasurement[:STATe] Enables or disables the compression point measurement. For details see Chapter 7.2.3, "Power Sweep Measurements", on page 119.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.3.2 Programming Example: Measuring Compression Points This example demonstrates how to determine compression points for an amplifier in a remote environment.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements ● ● ● ● 11.6.4.1 Checking Limits.....................................................................................................647 Performing an ACLR Measurement...................................................................... 652 Retrieving and Analyzing Measurement Results.................................................. 653 Programming Examples for Channel Power Measurements................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: See "User Standards" on page 135 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:STANdard:DELete This command deletes a file containing an ACLR standard. Suffix: . Window Marker irrelevant Parameters: String containing the file name of the standard.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing[:ACHannel]............................................................. 642 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate........................................................ 643 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:CHANnel......................................................... 643 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: Parameters: Manual operation: . 1..n Tx channel number Range: 100 Hz to 1000 MHz *RST: 14 kHz Default unit: Hz See "Channel Bandwidth" on page 139 See "Channel Bandwidth" on page 152 See "Channel Bandwidth" on page 157 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:NAME:ACHannel This command defines a name for the adjacent channel.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Manual operation: Range: 100 Hz to 2000 MHz *RST: 14 kHz Default unit: Hz See "Channel Spacings" on page 139 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate This command defines the distance from transmission channel to alternate channels. If you set the channel spacing for the first alternate channel, the R&S FPL1000 adjusts the spacing of alternate channels of a lower order, but not the other way round.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Manual operation: 11.6.4.3 Range: *RST: 1 to 18 1 See "Number of channels: Tx, Adj" on page 136 Defining Weighting Filters The following commands define weighting filters for ACLR measurements. [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:ACHannel........................................................ 644 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa[:ALL]...............................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer:ALPHa:CHANnel This command defines the roll-off factor for the transmission channel weighting filter. Suffix: Parameters: . 1..n Tx channel number Roll-off factor Range: *RST: Manual operation: 0 to 1 0.22 See "Weighting Filters" on page 141 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:ACHannel This command turns the weighting filter for the adjacent channel on and off.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Manual operation: 11.6.4.4 0 See "Weighting Filters" on page 141 Selecting the Reference Channel The following commands define the reference channel for relative ACLR measurements. [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ONCE....................................................... 646 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:AUTO................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Manual operation: 11.6.4.5 Range: *RST: 1 to 18 1 See "Reference Channel" on page 136 Checking Limits The following commands configure and query limit checks for channel power and ACLR measurements. The results of the power limit checks are also indicated in the STAT:QUES:ACPL status registry (see "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register" on page 567). CALCulate:LIMit- :ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute.........
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate:LIMit- :ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute:STATe This command turns the absolute limit check for the adjacent channels on and off. You have to activate the general ACLR limit check before using this command with CALCulate:LIMit
- :ACPower[:STATe]. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: . irrelevant - irrelevant Return values: text value Thestate of the limit check for the lower adjacent channels. PASSED Limit check has passed. FAIL Limit check has failed. text value The state of the limit check for the upper adjacent channels. PASSED Limit check has passed. FAIL Limit check has failed.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements If you have defined an absolute limit as well as a relative limit, the R&S FPL1000 uses the lower value for the limit check. Suffix: . irrelevant - irrelevant 1..n Alternate channel number Parameters: The limit of the lower adjacent channel. Range: -200 dBm to 200 dBm *RST: -200 dBm Default unit: dBm The limit of the upper adjacent channel.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements
- irrelevant 1..n Alternate channel number Parameters: The limit of the lower alternate channel. Range: 0 dB to 100 dB *RST: 0 dB Default unit: dB The limit of the upper alternate channel.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: INIT:IMM;*WAI; CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES? PASSED,PASSED Usage: Query only CALCulate:LIMit- :ACPower:ALTernate[:RELative]:STATe This command turns the relative limit check for the alternate channels on and off. You have to activate the general ACLR limit check before using this command with CALCulate:LIMit
- :ACPower[:STATe]. Suffix: . irrelevant
- irrelevant 1..
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.4.7 Retrieving and Analyzing Measurement Results The following commands retrieve and analyze measurement results for ACLR measurements.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements You need at least one adjacent channel for the command to work. Parameters: ABSolute | RELative ABSolute Shows the absolute power of all channels RELative Shows the power of adjacent and alternate channels in relation to the transmission channel *RST: Manual operation: 11.6.4.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements //Define a bandwidth of 30 kHz for the adjacent channel. POW:ACH:BWID:ACH 30kHz //Define a bandwidth of 30 kHz for the first alternate channel. POW:ACH:BWID:ALT1 30kHz //Define a distance of 33 kHz from the center of the transmission channel to the //center of the adjacent channel. //Also adjust the distance to the alternate channels (66 kHz).
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:LIM:ACP ON //Turn the relative limit check for adjacent channels on. CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:STAT ON //Turn the absolute limit check for adjacent channels on. CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON //Turn the absolute limit check for the first alternate channel on. CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT1:ABS:STAT ON //--------------Performing the Measurement----//Determine the ideal ACLR measurement configuration.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements POW:ACH:PRES CN //Optimizes the instrument settings according to the channel bandwidth. POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV //Determines the ideal reference level for the measurement. //--------------Performing the Measurement----INIT:CONT OFF //Selects single sweep mode. INIT;*WAI //Initiates a new measurement and waits until the sweep has finished.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Retrieving results: ● CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? on page 630 Remote commands exclusive to occupied bandwidth measurements: [SENSe:]POWer:BWIDth................................................................................................ 658 [SENSe:]POWer:BANDwidth...........................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements //Initiate a new measurement and waits until the sweep has finished. INIT;*WAI //---------------Retrieving Results------------//Return the occupied bandwidth. CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBW 11.6.7 Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask All remote control commands specific to spectrum emission mask measurements are described here. See also Chapter 11.6.2, "Configuring Power Measurements", on page 630.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements irrelevant Example: CALC:LIM:ESP:REST Resets the limit lines for the current Spectrum Emission Mask standard to the default setting. [SENSe:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard] This command loads a measurement configuration. Standard definitions are stored in an xml file. The default directory for SEM standards is C:\Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\sem_std.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: 11.6.7.2 See "Save Standard" on page 185 Controlling the Measurement The following commands control the measurement itself. INITiate:ESPectrum.................................................................................................. 661 [SENSe:]SWEep:MODE.................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive to multi-SEM measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum:SCENter..................................................................................662 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:SCOunt................................................................................... 662 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:SCENter This command defines the center frequency of the selected sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements See also: ● CALCulate:LIMit- :ESPectrum:PCLass:LIMit[:STATe] on page 681 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:HSPeed.................................................................................. 663 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:BANDwidth:RESolution........................................... 664 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:BANDwidth:VIDeo..................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: See "Fast SEM" on page 175 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:BANDwidth:RESolution This command defines the resolution bandwidth for a SEM range. In case of high speed measurements, the resolution bandwidth has to be identical for all ranges. Suffix: . 1 to 3 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: Resolution bandwidth. Refer to the data sheet for available resolution bandwidths.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: Query only [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:DELete This command removes a range from the sweep list. Note that ● you cannot delete the reference range ● a minimum of three ranges is mandatory. Suffix: . 1 to 3 Selects the measurement range. Manual operation: See "Delete Range" on page 179 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:FILTer:TYPE This command selects the filter type for an SEM range.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe[:FREQuency]:STARt This command defines the start frequency of a SEM range. Make sure to set an appropriate span. If you set a span that is ● smaller than the span the SEM sweep list covers, the R&S FPL1000 will not measure the ranges that are outside the span - results may be invalid.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:INPut:ATTenuation This command defines the input attenuation for a SEM range. In case of high speed measurements, the input attenuation has to be identical for all ranges. Suffix: . 1 to 3 1..n Selects the measurement range. Parameters: Numeric value. Refer to the data sheet for the attenuation range.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:INPut:GAIN:STATe This command turns the preamplifier for a SEM range on and off. In case of high speed measurements, the state of the preamplifier has to be identical for all ranges. Suffix: . 1 to 3 1..n Selects the measurement range.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Absolute limit at the start frequency of a SEM range. Range: -400 to 400 *RST: -13 Default unit: dBm Example: SENSe:ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt -10 For a detailed example see Chapter 11.6.7.10, "Example: SEM Measurement", on page 685.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Relative limit at the start frequency of a SEM range. Range: -400 to 400 *RST: -50 Default unit: dBc Example: SENS:ESP:RANG:LIM:REL:STAR -10 Manual operation: See "Rel Limit Start / Stop " on page 177 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit- :RELative:STARt:ABS This command defines an absolute limit for the MAX function of the relative limit for a SEM range.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements
- Parameters: 1..n Power class for which the limit is defined. OFF | MAX Defines the function to be used to determine the relative limit line start value MAX The maximum of the relative and the absolute level is used as the limit start value. Use the [SENSe:]ESPectrum: RANGe:LIMit
- :RELative:STARt and [SENSe: ]ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit
- :RELative: STARt:ABS commands to define these values.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: See "Rel Limit Start / Stop " on page 177 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit- :RELative:STOP:ABS This command defines an absolute limit for the MAX function of the relative limit for a SEM range. For more information see "Relative limit line functions" on page 167. Suffix: . 1 to 3 1..n Selects the SEM range.
- 1..n Power class for which the limit is defined.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements MAX The maximum of the relative and the absolute level is used as the limit stop value. Use the [SENSe:]ESPectrum: RANGe:LIMit- :RELative:STOP and [SENSe: ]ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit
- :RELative: STOP:ABS commands to define these values. OFF No function is used, the relative limit line is defined by a fixed relative stop value. Use the [SENSe:]ESPectrum: RANGe:LIMit
- :RELative:STOP command to define this value.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:POINts:MINimum[:VALue] Defines the minimum number of sweep points for the range. Suffix: . 1 to 3 Selects the measurement range.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: 1..n Selects the measurement range. Reference level. Refer to the data sheet for the reference level range. *RST: 0 dBm Default unit: dBm Manual operation: See "Ref Level" on page 176 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:SWEep:TIME This command defines the sweep time for a SEM range. In case of high speed measurements, the sweep time has to be identical for all ranges. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RANGe:TRANsducer This command selects a transducer factor for a SEM range. Note that ● the transducer must cover at least the span of the range ● the x-axis has to be linear ● the unit has to be dB Suffix: . 1 to 3 Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement 1..n Selects the measurement range.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]ESPectrum:BWID This command defines the channel bandwidth of the reference range. The bandwidth is available if the power reference is the channel power. Suffix: Parameters: . 1 to 3 Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement minimum span ≤ value ≤ span of reference range *RST: 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Return values: Number of the current reference range. Range: Usage: 1 to 30 Query only [SENSe:]ESPectrum:RTYPe This command defines the type of the power reference. Suffix: Parameters: . 1 to 3 Sub block in a Multi-SEM measurement PEAK | CPOWer PEAK Measures the highest peak within the reference range. CPOWer Measures the channel power within the reference range (integral bandwidth method).
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Setting parameters: Defines the value range for power class 1 as -200 to . Only available for CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUNT >=2 If only 2 power classes are defined, the value range for power class 2 is defined as to 200. Range: -199 to + 199 Default unit: DBM Defines the value range for power class 2 as to .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: 1 to 3 AUTO The power class (and thus the limit line) is assigned dynamically according to the currently measured channel power. MANUAL One of the specified power classes is selected manually for the entire measurement. The selection is made with the CALCulate:LIMit- :ESPectrum: PCLass[:EXCLusive] command. *RST: Example: AUTO CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE AUTO Activates automatic selection of the limit line.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: . irrelevant - irrelevant 1 to 3 irrelevant Parameters: 1 to 4 *RST: 1 Example: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUN 2 Two power classes can be defined.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: 1..n power class ABSolute | RELative | AND | OR ABSolute Evaluates only limit lines with absolute power values RELative Evaluates only limit lines with relative power values AND Evaluates limit lines with relative and absolute power values. A negative result is returned if both limits fail. OR Evaluates limit lines with relative and absolute power values.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate:LIMit- :ESPectrum:PCLass:MINimum This command defines the lower limit of a particular power class. Note: ● The first power class always has a lower limit of -200 dBm. ● The lower limit of a power class must always be the same as the upper limit of the previous power class. ● The power class must already exist (see CALCulate:LIMit
- : ESPectrum:PCLass:COUNt on page 680). Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: . Window Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: 1 Example: CALC:ESP:PSE:AUTO OFF Deactivates the list evaluation. Manual operation: See "List Evaluation State (Result Summary)" on page 186 CALCulate:ESPectrum:PSEarch[:IMMediate] CALCulate:ESPectrum:PEAKsearch[:IMMediate] This command initiates a list evaluation. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: 11.6.7.8 See "Show Peaks" on page 186 Performing an SEM Measurement The following commands are required to perform an SEM measurement: 11.6.7.9 ● SENS:SWE:MODE ESP, see [SENSe:]SWEep:MODE on page 661 ● INITiate[:IMMediate] on page 629 Retrieving Results The following commands analyze and retrieve measurement results for SEM measurements. 11.6.7.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements ESP:RRAN? //Select the channel power as the power reference. ESP:RTYP CPOW //Define a channel bandwidth of 4 MHz for the power reference. ESP:BWID 4 MHZ //Use an RRC filter with a roll-off factor of 0.5 when measuring //the reference power. ESP:FILT:RRC ON ESP:FILT:ALPH 0.5 //------------ Configuring Power Classes-------------------//Define 3 power classes.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements //Select an RRC filter for range 2. ESP:RANG2:FILT:TYPE RRC //Define a video bandwidth of 5 MHz for range 2. ESP:RANG2:BAND:VID 5000000 //Define a sweep time of 1 second for range 2. ESP:RANG2:SWE:TIME 1 //Define a reference level of 0 dBm for range 2. ESP:RANG2:RLEV 0 //Define an input attenuation of 10 dB for range 2. ESP:RANG2:INP:ATT 10 // Create a transducer that can be used.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements //Define a relative limit of -20 dBc for the entire range 2 for power class 2. ESP:RANG2:LIM2:REL:STAR -20 ESP:RANG2:LIM2:REL:STOP -20 //------------ Configuring List Evaluation----------------//Activate list evaluation, i.e. the peak is determined for each range //after each sweep. CALC:ESP:PSE:AUTO ON //Define a peak threshold of 10 dB.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: 11.6.8.2 . Configuring a Sweep List The following commands configure the sweep list for spurious emission measurements. The sweep list cannot be configured using remote commands during an on-going sweep operation. Useful commands for configuring the sweep described elsewhere: ● [SENSe:]SWEep:MODE on page 661 Remote commands exclusive to spurious measurements: [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:BANDwidth:RESolution.....................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Resolution bandwidth. Refer to the data sheet for available resolution bandwidths. Default unit: Hz Example: LIST:RANG2:BAND:RES 3KHZ Manual operation: See "RBW" on page 205 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:BANDwidth:VIDeo This command defines the video bandwidth for a spurious emission measurement range. Suffix: Parameters: . 1..n Selects the measurement range. Video bandwidth.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: LIST:RANG:COUN? Usage: Query only [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:DELete This command removes a range from the sweep list. Note that ● you cannot delete the reference range ● a minimum of three ranges is mandatory. Suffix: . 1..n Selects the measurement range. Example: LIST:RANG2:DEL [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:DETector This command selects the detector for a spurious emission measurement range. Suffix: . 1..
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe[:FREQuency]:STOP This command defines the stop frequency of a spurious emission measurement range. Make sure to set an appropriate span. If you set a span that is ● smaller than the span the sweep list covers, the R&S FPL1000 will not measure the ranges that are outside the span - results may be invalid.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements The available bandwidths of the filters are specified in the data sheet. Example: LIST:RANG2:FILT:TYPE NORM Manual operation: See "Filter Type" on page 205 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:INPut:ATTenuation This command defines the input attenuation for a spurious emission measurement range. Suffix: Parameters: . 1..n Selects the measurement range. Numeric value.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: LIST:RANG2:INP:GAIN:STAT ON Manual operation: See "Preamp" on page 206 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:INPut:GAIN[:VALue] This command selects the preamplification level for the range. Suffix: . 1..n Selects the measurement range. Example: LIST:RANG2:INP:GAIN 15 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:LIMit:STARt This command defines an absolute limit for a spurious emission measurement range.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Absolute limit at the stop frequency of a SEM range. Range: -400 to 400 *RST: 13 Default unit: dBm Example: LIST:RANG2:LIM:STOP 200 Manual operation: See "Abs Limit Start/ Abs Limit Stop" on page 207 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:POINts[:VALue] This command defines the number of sweep points in a spurious emission measurement range. Suffix: Parameters: . 1..n Selects the measurement range.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: Parameters: . 1..n Selects the measurement range. Sweep time. The range depends on the ratios of the span to the RBW and the RBW to the VBW. Refer to the data sheet for more information.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.8.3 Configuring the List Evaluation The following commands configure the list evaluation. Useful commands for spurious emission measurements described elsewhere ● MMEMory:STORe:LIST on page 942 Remote commands exclusive to spurious emission measurements CALCulate:PSEarch:AUTO....................................................................................... 697 CALCulate:PEAKsearch:AUTO................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements *RST: 0 Example: CALC:ESP:PSE:DET ON CALC:PSE:SUBR 10 Includes up to 10 peaks per range in the list. Manual operation: See "Details" on page 209 CALCulate:PSEarch:MARGin CALCulate:PEAKsearch:MARGin This command defines the threshold of the list evaluation. Suffix: Parameters: . Window Range: -200 to 200 Default unit: dB Example: CALC:PSE:MARG 100 Sets the threshold to 100 dB.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: 11.6.8.4 Range: *RST: 1 to 50 25 Example: CALC:PSE:SUBR 10 Sets 10 peaks per range to be stored in the list. Manual operation: See "Peaks per Range" on page 209 Adjusting the X-Axis to the Range Definitions [SENSe:]LIST:XADJust Sets the x-axis range for the spurious emission measurement from the start frequency of the first sweep range to the stop frequency of the last sweep range. 11.6.8.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements SWE:MODE LIST //Activates spurious emissions measurement INIT:CONT OFF //Selects single sweep mode. //Spurious measurement has to be in single sweep mode to be configured //and no sweep operation may be running! // If required, a sweep stop can be ensured by INIT:IMM;*WAI //---------------Configuring a Sweep List---------LIST:RANG:COUNt? //Returns the number of measurement ranges in the sweep list.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements // Frequency Span 0 MHz to 20 Ghz SENSe1:CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA 0e6,5, 20e9,3 SENS:LIST:RANG1:TRAN 'Test' //Includes a transducer called 'Test' for range 1. LIST:RANG1:LIM:STAR 10 LIST:RANG1:LIM:STOP 10 //Defines an absolute limit of 10 dBm at the start and stop frequencies of range 1. LIST:RANG:LIM:STAT ON //Turns the limit check for all ranges on.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate:STATistics:APD[:STATe] This command turns the APD measurement on and off. Suffix: . Window Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: 0 CALC:STAT:APD ON Switches on the APD measurement. CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe] This command turns the CCDF on and off. Suffix: . irrelevant Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: 11.6.9.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Range: 0 % to 100 % Default unit: % Example: CALC1:MARK:Y:PERC 95PCT Positions marker 1 to a probability of 95 %. Manual operation: See "Percent Marker (CCDF only)" on page 217 CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples This command defines the number of samples included in the analysis of statistical measurement functions. Suffix: Parameters: 11.6.9.3 .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements The gate length applies to all traces. Suffix: Parameters: . irrelevant Range: 100 ns to 1000 s *RST: 2 ms Default unit: s Example: SWE:EGAT:TRAC:PER 5ms Defines the period for gated triggering to 5 ms. Manual operation: See "Period" on page 219 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe:STARt
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STAT1 ON Activates gate range 1 for trace 1. Manual operation: See "Gated Trigger" on page 218 See "Range Use" on page 219 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:TRACe:STOP
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements ● Reference level (x-axis) 0.0 dBm ● Display range (x-axis) for APD measurements 100 dB ● Display range (x-axis) for CCDF measurements 20 dB ● Upper limit of the y-axis 1.0 ● Lower limit of the y-axis 1E-6 Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel This command sets the reference level for statistical measurements. The effects are identical to DISPlay[:WINDow]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel. Note that in case of statistical measurements the reference level applies to the x-axis. Suffix: Parameters: . Window The unit is variable. If a reference level offset is included, the range is adjusted by that offset.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer This command defines the upper vertical limit of the diagram. Suffix: . Window Parameters: The number is a statistical value and therefore dimensionless. Range: *RST: 11.6.9.5 1E-5 to 1.0 1.0 Example: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UPP 0.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Return values: Example: CALC:STAT:CCDF:X1? P10 Returns the level values that are over 10 % above the mean value. Usage: Query only CALCulate:STATistics:RESult? This command queries the results of a measurement for a specific trace. Suffix: . irrelevant Trace Query parameters: MEAN Average (=RMS) power in dBm measured during the measurement time.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements //Activates APD measurement. CALC:STAT:NSAM 1000 //Sets the number of samples to be included in the statistical evaluation to 1000. //-------------Defining Gate ranges ----------------SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:COMM 'GSM - useful part' //Defines a comment for the gate SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:PER 4.61536ms //Sets the gate period to 4.61536ms. SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STAR1 15us //Sets the start of range 1 to 15 μs. SWE:EGAT:TRAC1:STOP1 557.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UNIT PCT //Displays percentage values on y-axis scale 11.6.10 Measuring the Time Domain Power All remote control commands specific to time domain power measurements are described here. ● ● ● ● 11.6.10.1 Configuring the Measurement............................................................................... 711 Performing a Time Domain Power Measurement.................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements The number of results required for the calculation of average is defined with [SENSe: ]AVERage:COUNt . Averaging is reset by switching it off and on again. Synchronization to the end of averaging is only possible in single sweep mode. Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: 0 INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: 0 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe] This command turns the evaluation to determine the mean time domain power on and off. The R&S FPL1000 performs the measurement on the trace marker 1 is positioned on. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Manual operation: See "Results" on page 229 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation[:STATe] This command turns the evaluation to determine the standard deviation of the time domain power on and off. The R&S FPL1000 performs the measurement on the trace marker 1 is positioned on. Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: 11.6.10.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: Query only CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:PHOLd:RESult? This command queries the maximum mean time domain power. The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been activated previously using CALCulate: MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements See also INITiate:CONTinuous on page 628. Suffix: . Window Marker Return values: Peak power of the signal during the measurement time. Usage: Query only CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:PHOLd:RESult? This command queries the maximum positive peak time domain power.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Measuring the RMS Power CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult? This command queries the average RMS of the time domain power. The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using CALCulate: MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage on page 711. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Marker Return values: RMS power of the signal during the measurement time. Usage: Query only Manual operation: See "Results" on page 229 Measuring the Standard Deviation CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:AVERage:RESult? This command queries the average standard deviation of the time domain power.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:RESult? This command queries the standard deviation of the time domain power. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode. See also INITiate:CONTinuous on page 628. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON //Activates limit lines for evaluation. CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 1ms //Sets the left limit line to 326 µs. CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 6ms //Sets the right limit line to 538 µs. //--------------Performing the Measurement-----------------------INIT;*WAI //Initiates the measurement and waits until the measurement is finished.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: 11.6.11.2 0 CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM ON Activates the harmonic distortion measurement. Configuring the Measurement The following commands control the harmonic distortion measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Manual operation: Marker Range: *RST: 1 to 26 10 See "Number of Harmonics" on page 236 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet This command initiates a measurement to determine the ideal configuration for the harmonic distortion measurement. The method depends on the span. 11.6.11.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Marker Query parameters: TOTal Return values: Usage: Query only CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:HARMonics:LIST This command queries the position of the harmonics. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements INIT;*WAI //Initiates the measurement and finishes the sweep. //-------------Retrieving the Results-----------------------CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:LIST? //Queries the position of the harmonics. CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:DIST? TOT //Queries the total harmonic distortion. 11.6.12 Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point ● ● 11.6.12.1 Determining the TOI..............................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Marker Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: Example: 0 CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON Switches on the measurement of the third-order intercept. CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:TOI:SEARchsignal ONCE This command initiates a search for signals in the current trace to determine the third intercept point. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode. See also INITiate:CONTinuous on page 628. Suffix: . Window Marker Return values: Maximum third order intercept point. Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.12.2 Programming Example: Measuring the TOI This example demonstrates how to determine the TOI in a remote environment. //-----------Configuring the measurement -----------*RST //Reset the instrument CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON //Activate TOI measurement. //--------------Performing the Measurement----INIT:CONT OFF //Selects single sweep mode. CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:SEAR ONCE //Initiates a search for signals in the current trace.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: ON | OFF | 1 | 0 *RST: 0 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:MDEPth:SEARchsignal ONCE This command initiates a search for the signals required for the AM depth measurement. Note that the command does not perform a new measurement, but looks for the signals on the current trace. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements //-----------Configuring the measurement -----------*RST //Reset the instrument FREQ:CENT 100MHz //Set center frequency FREQ:SPAN 10KHz // Set span CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON //Activate AM modulation depth measurement. //--------------Performing the Measurement----INIT:CONT OFF //Selects single sweep mode. INIT:IMM // Perform a single measurement CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:SEAR ONCE //Initiates a search for signals in the current trace.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements ● ● ● 11.6.14.1 Retrieving EMI Results..........................................................................................734 Evaluating the Results.......................................................................................... 736 Programming Example: EMI Measurement.......................................................... 736 Activating EMI Measurement EMI measurement must be activated explicitely.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: OFF no final measurement is performed AVER average detector CAV CISPR Average detector CRMS RMS Average detector POS maximum peak detector QPE quasipeak detector *RST: Manual operation: 11.6.14.3 OFF See "Final Test Detector" on page 264 Configuring the EMI Final Test The commands required to configure the EMI final test are described here.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DWELl
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: //Turn on high pass filter INP:LISN:TYPE ENV216 INP:LISN:FILT:HPAS ON Manual operation: See "150 kHz Highpass" on page 269 INPut:LISN:PHASe This command selects one LISN phase to be measured. Suffix: Parameters: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements ESH3Z5 R&S ESH3-Z5: two phases (incl. protective earth) are controllable. FOURphase R&S ESH2-Z5: four phases (incl. protective earth) are controllable. OFF Turns off remote control of the LISN. TWOPhase R&S ESH3-Z5: two phases (incl. protective earth) are controllable. *RST: 11.6.14.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Example: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:RES? Queries the result of marker 1. Usage: Query only CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:LIMit- : LCONdition? CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:LIMit
- :LCONdition? This command queries the condition of a marker position in relation to a certain limit line. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Usage: 11.6.14.7 Query only Evaluating the Results The commands required to control the demodulation of signals at the marker position are described in Chapter 11.8.8.14, "Marker Demodulation", on page 886. 11.6.14.8 Programming Example: EMI Measurement This example demonstrates how to detect electromagnetic interferences (EMI) in a remote environment.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:MARK4 ON CALC:MARK5 ON CALC:MARK6 ON //Set markers 1 to 3 on trace 1. Set markers 4 to 6 on trace 2.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements CALC:LIM1:FAIL? //Query the result of the limit check and the distance from the limit lines //for each marker CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK1:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK2:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK2:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK3:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK3:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK4:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK4:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK5:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CALC:MARK5:FUNC:FME:LIM:DELT? CALC:MARK6:FUNC:FME:LIM:COND? CA
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Remote commands exclusive to list evaluation [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:RESult?........................................................................................ 739 [SENSe:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence]...................................................................................739 [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:SET..............................................................................................740 [SENSe:]LIST:POWer:STATe..................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Defines the RF attenuation for a list entry. Range: 0 to 70 Increment: 1 Default unit: dB Selects the filter type for a list entry. For more information see [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:TYPE. Defines the resolution bandwidth for a list entry. Defines the measurement time for a list entry. Defines the measurement time for a list entry.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements POSitive | NEGative Selects the trigger slop. Defines the trigger delay. Range: negative measurement time to 30 s *RST: 0 Default unit: s Defines the gate length for gated measurements. Setting 0 seconds turns gated measurements off. To perform gated measurements, the trigger source must be different from IMMediate. Range: 31.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements //Defines a list with 3 entries and initiates the measurement with synchronization to the end. //Analyzer produces a service request //On service request: SENS:LIST:POW:RES? //Returns the results of the measurements, two for each frequency (peak and RMS power). -----Initiliazing the measurement and querying results simultaneously----LIST:POW? 935.2MHZ,0,10,OFF,NORM,1MHZ,3MHZ,440us,0, 935.4MHZ,0,10,10,CFIL,30KHZ,100KHZ,440us,0, 935.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements The commands can be used in two different ways. 11.6.16.1 ● Instrument setup, measurement and querying of the results in a single command line. With this method, there is the least delay between the measurement and the result output. However, it requires the control computer to wait for the response from the instrument.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Parameters: Defines a time offset to start the measurement at the first pulse of a trace. *RST: 0 Default unit: s Defines the measurement time. Default unit: s Defines the pulse period. Default unit: s Defines the number of pulses to measure. Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:MSUM 50US,450US,576.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements The R&S FPL1000 caches all measurement parameters that you can set with this command. If you use the command repeatedly, the R&S FPL1000 only changes those settings that you have actually changed before initiating the measurement. Thus, measurement times are kept as low as possible.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements Return values: Pulse power level. The result is a list of floating point values separated by commas. The unit is dBm. [SENSe:]MPOWer:RESult:MIN? This command queries the lowest pulse power that has been measured during a pulse power measurement. If there are no results, the command returns an error. Return values: Usage: 11.6.16.2 Lowest power level of the pulse power measurement. The unit is dBm.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements 11.6.17 Programming Example: Performing a Basic Frequency Sweep This example demonstrates how to configure and perform a basic frequency sweep measurement in a remote environment. This example assumes a signal is measured at 100 MHz, with a maximum power level of -3 dBm. Some commands in the following examples may not be necessary as they reflect the default settings; however, they are included to demonstrate the command usage.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring and Performing Measurements INP:ATT 5 dB //Sets the mechanical attenuation to 40 dB and couples the reference level //to the attenuation instead of vice versa. //--------------Configuring the Amplitude and Scaling---------DISP:TRAC1:Y:RLEV:OFFS 10dB //Shifts the trace display in the diagram up by 10 dB. CALC:UNIT:POW V //Sets the unit of the y-axis to Volt. The reference level is now 70.711 mV.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Remote Commands for Result Displays SENS:AVER:COUN 10 SENS:AVER:TYPE LIN //Configures trace 4 to be averaged linearly over 10 sweeps. CALC:MATH:STAT ON CALC:MATH:MODE LIN CALC:MATH (TRACE1-TRACE2) CALC:MATH:POS 75 //Calculates the linear difference between the measured and average values. //The resulting trace is displayed at the top of the diagram.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Remote Commands for Result Displays LAYout:WINDow:IDENtify?........................................................................................ 755 LAYout:WINDow:REMove..........................................................................................755 LAYout:WINDow:REPLace........................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Remote Commands for Result Displays Parameter value Window type RSUMmary Result summary SGRam Spectrogram LAYout:CATalog[:WINDow]? This command queries the name and index of all active windows in the active channel setup from top left to bottom right. The result is a comma-separated list of values for each window, with the syntax: ,.., Return values: string Name of the window.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Remote Commands for Result Displays LAYout:MOVE[:WINDow] , , Setting parameters: String containing the name of an existing window that is to be moved. By default, the name of a window is the same as its index. To determine the name and index of all active windows in the active channel setup, use the LAYout:CATalog[:WINDow]? query.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Remote Commands for Result Displays Type of result display you want to use in the existing window. See LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? on page 750 for a list of available window types. Example: LAY:REPL:WIND '1',MTAB Replaces the result display in window 1 with a marker table. Usage: Setting only LAYout:SPLitter , , This command changes the position of a splitter and thus controls the size of the windows on each side of the splitter.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Remote Commands for Result Displays New vertical or horizontal position of the splitter as a fraction of the screen area (without channel and status bar and softkey menu). The point of origin (x = 0, y = 0) is in the lower left corner of the screen. The end point (x = 100, y = 100) is in the upper right corner of the screen. (See Figure 11-1.) The direction in which the splitter is moved depends on the screen layout.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Remote Commands for Result Displays Example: LAY:WIND1:ADD? LEFT,MTAB Result: '2' Adds a new window named '2' with a marker table to the left of window 1. Usage: Query only LAYout:WINDow:IDENtify? This command queries the name of a particular display window (indicated by the suffix) in the active channel setup. Note: to query the index of a particular window, use the LAYout:IDENtify[: WINDow]? command. Suffix: Return values: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Remote Commands for Result Displays Suffix: . Window Setting parameters: Type of measurement window you want to replace another one with. See LAYout:ADD[:WINDow]? on page 750 for a list of available window types. Example: LAY:WIND2:REPL MTAB Replaces the result display in window 2 with a marker table. Usage: Setting only 11.7.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Remote Commands for Result Displays //Add a Marker Peak List window to the right of the Spectrogram window LAY:WIND2:ADD? RIGH,PEAK //Result: window number: '4' //--------------- Changing the size of individual windows ------------//Move the splitter between the Frequency Sweep window and the Marker Table //window to enlarge the spectrum display to 60% of the entire width.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //-------------- Preparing the configuration from example 1 ----------*RST LAY:ADD? '1',BEL,SGR LAY:ADD? '1',RIGH,MTAB LAY:WIND2:ADD? RIGH,PEAK LAY:CAT? //Result : '1',1,'2',2,'3',3,'4',4 //Remove Spectrogram LAY:WIND2:REM //Remove Marker Table window LAY:REM '3' //Replace Marker Peak List window by Marker Table LAY:REPL '4',MTAB //--------------- Querying all displayed windows -----------------//Query the name and number of all
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● ● ● Working with Markers............................................................................................839 Configuring Display Lines..................................................................................... 898 Defining Limit Checks........................................................................................... 901 11.8.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:CSTep This command matches the center frequency step size to the current marker frequency. The command turns delta markers into normal markers. Suffix: . Window Marker DISPlay[:WINDow][:SUBWindow]:TRACe:X:SPACing This command selects the scaling of the x-axis. Suffix: . Window subwindow Parameters: LOGarithmic Logarithmic scaling.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "Center Frequency" on page 303 See "Frequency" on page 336 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP This command defines the center frequency step size. You can increase or decrease the center frequency quickly in fixed steps using the SENS:FREQ UP AND SENS:FREQ DOWN commands, see [SENSe:]FREQuency: CENTer on page 760. Parameters: fmax is specified in the data sheet. Range: 1 to fMAX *RST: 0.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters OFF Decouples the step size. *RST: SPAN Example: //Couple step size to span FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN Manual operation: See "Center Frequency Stepsize" on page 305 [SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor This command defines a step size factor if the center frequency step size is coupled to the span or the resolution bandwidth.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: The minimum span for measurements in the frequency domain is 10 Hz. For SEM and spurious emission measurements, the minimum span is 20 Hz. Range: 0 Hz to fmax *RST: Full span Default unit: Hz Manual operation: See "Zero Span" on page 97 See "Span" on page 303 See "Zero Span" on page 304 See "Last Span" on page 304 [SENSe:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL This command restores the full span.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]ADJust:ALL......................................................................................................764 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:DURation............................................................................ 764 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:DURation:MODE..................................................................765 [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:HYSTeresis:LOWer..............................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]ADJust:CONFigure:DURation:MODE In order to determine the ideal reference level, the R&S FPL1000 performs a measurement on the current input data. This command selects the way the R&S FPL1000 determines the length of the measurement . Parameters: AUTO The R&S FPL1000 determines the measurement length automatically according to the current input data.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: Range: 0 dB to 200 dB *RST: +1 dB Default unit: dB Example: SENS:ADJ:CONF:HYST:UPP 2 Example: For an input signal level of currently 20 dBm, the reference level will only be adjusted when the signal level rises above 22 dBm.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.1.3 Configuring Signal Tracking When signal tracking is activated, the maximum signal is determined after each frequency sweep and the center frequency is set to the frequency of this signal. Thus with drifting signals the center frequency follows the signal. For more details see Chapter 7.4.1, "Impact of the Frequency and Span Settings", on page 301.. CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe]..........................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: Manual operation: Range: 10 Hz to Max span *RST: (= span/10 on activating the function) Default unit: Hz See "Signal Tracking" on page 306 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold This command defines the threshold level for the signal tracking process. Note that you have to turn on signal tracking before you can use the command. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.2.1 Configuring the Bandwidth and Filter [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution].........................................................................................769 [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]................................................................................... 769 [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO...............................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "RBW" on page 266 See "Default Coupling" on page 326 [SENSe:]BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio [SENSe:]BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio This command defines the ratio between the resolution bandwidth (Hz) and the span (Hz). Note that the ratio defined with this remote command (RBW/span) is reciprocal to that of the coupling ratio (span/RBW). Parameters: Range: *RST: 0.0001 to 1 0.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "Filter Type" on page 266 See "Res BW CISPR" on page 268 See "Res BW MIL" on page 268 [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo This command defines the video bandwidth. The command decouples the video bandwidth from the resolution bandwidths.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]BWIDth:VIDeo:TYPE [SENSe:]BANDwidth:VIDeo:TYPE This command selects the position of the video filter in the signal path. Parameters: LINear The video filter is applied in front of the logarithmic amplifier. In linear mode, measurements with a logarithmic level scale result in flatter falling edges compared to logarithmic mode.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: When you set a sweep count of 0 or 1, the R&S FPL1000 performs one single sweep in single sweep mode. In continuous sweep mode, if the sweep count is set to 0, a moving average over 10 sweeps is performed. Range: *RST: 0 to 200000 0 Example: SWE:COUN 64 Sets the number of sweeps to 64. INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Table 11-4: Optimization parameters in FFT mode Optimization mode Description DYNamic Optimizes the dynamic range by using the narrowest possible subspan (depending on the RBW). The autorange function for the internal IF gain calculation is activated to obtain the best control range for the A/D converter. SPEed Optimizes the sweep rate by using the widest possible subspan (depending on the RBW).
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "Sweep Points" on page 326 [SENSe:]SWEep:TIME
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.3 Configuring the Vertical Axis (Amplitude, Scaling) The following commands are required to configure the amplitude and vertical axis settings in a remote environment. ● ● ● ● 11.8.3.1 Amplitude Settings................................................................................................ 776 Configuring the Attenuation...................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: DBM | V | A | W | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere (Units based on 1 MHz require installed R&S FPL1-K54 (EMI measurements) option.) *RST: Example: dBm UNIT:POW DBM Sets the power unit to dBm. DISPlay[:WINDow]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel This command defines the reference level (for all traces in all windows).
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.3.2 Configuring the Attenuation INPut:ATTenuation................................................................................................... 778 INPut:EATT:AUTO................................................................................................... 778 INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO.........................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.3.3 Configuring a Preamplifier INPut:GAIN:STATe...................................................................................................779 INPut:GAIN:STATe This command turns the internal preamplifier on and off. It requires the optional preamplifier hardware. If activated, the input signal is amplified by 20 dB. The preamplifier is only active below 3 GHz (R&S FPL1003) or 7.5 GHz (R&S FPL1007).
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: DISP:TRAC:Y 110dB Manual operation: See "Range" on page 314 DISPlay[:WINDow]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO ONCE Automatic scaling of the y-axis is performed once, then switched off again (for all traces). Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: 0 PCT corresponds to the lower display border, 100 percent corresponds to the upper display border.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters *OPC should be used after requesting data. This will hold off any subsequent changes to the selected trigger source, until after the sweep is completed and the data is returned. ● ● 11.8.4.1 Configuring the Triggering Conditions...................................................................782 Configuring Gated Measurements........................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: For measurements in the frequency domain, the range is 0 s to 30 s. For measurements in the time domain, the range is the negative sweep time to 30 s. *RST: 0s Default unit: S Example: TRIG:HOLD 500us Manual operation: See "Trigger Offset" on page 338 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IFPower:HOLDoff This command defines the holding time before the next trigger event.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] This command defines the level the external signal must exceed to cause a trigger event. Suffix: Parameters: . Selects the trigger port. 1 = trigger port 1 (TRIG IN connector on rear panel) 2 = trigger port 2 (TRIG AUX connector on rear panel) For the R&S FPL1000, the external trigger level is always 1.4 V. It cannot be changed.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SLOPe For all trigger sources except time you can define whether triggering occurs when the signal rises to the trigger level or falls down to it. Parameters: POSitive | NEGative POSitive Triggers when the signal rises to the trigger level (rising edge). NEGative Triggers when the signal drops to the trigger level (falling edge).
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "Trigger Source" on page 336 See "Free Run" on page 336 See "External Trigger 1" on page 337 See "Video" on page 337 See "IF Power" on page 337 See "Time" on page 337 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:TIME:RINTerval This command defines the repetition interval for the time trigger. Parameters: 2.0 ms to 5000 Range: 2 ms to 5000 s *RST: 1.0 s Default unit: S 11.8.4.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: SWE:EGAT ON Switches on the gate mode. SWE:EGAT:TYPE EDGE Switches on the edge-triggered mode. SWE:EGAT:HOLD 100US Sets the gate delay to 100 µs. SWE:EGAT:LEN 500US Sets the gate opening time to 500 µs. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: SWE:EGAT:POL POS Manual operation: See "Slope" on page 339 [SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce This command selects the signal source for gated measurements. If an IF power signal is used, the gate is opened as soon as a signal at > -20 dBm is detected within the IF path bandwidth (10 MHz). For more information see "Trigger Source" on page 336.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● ● ● ● 11.8.5.1 RF Input................................................................................................................ 789 Working with Power Sensors................................................................................ 791 Internal Generator Commands..............................................................................800 Configuring the Outputs...............................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "SAW filter" on page 276 INPut:IMPedance This command selects the nominal input impedance of the RF input. In some applications, only 50 Ω are supported. Suffix: Parameters: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: Parameters: . 1|2 irrelevant ON | 1 User port is switched to INPut OFF | 0 User port is switched to OUTPut *RST: 1 INPut:UPORt[:VALue] This command queries the control lines of the user ports. For details see OUTPut:UPORt[:VALue] on page 809. Suffix: Return values: . 1|2 irrelevant bit values in hexadecimal format TTL type voltage levels (max. 5V) Range: Example: 11.8.5.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters SYSTem:COMMunicate:RDEVice:PMETer
:CONFigure:AUTO[:STATe] This command turns automatic assignment of a power sensor to the power sensor index on and off. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: SYST:COMM:RDEV:PMET2:DEF '','NRP-Z81','', '123456' Assigns the power sensor with the serial number '123456' to the configuration "Power Sensor 2". SYST:COMM:RDEV:PMET2:DEF? Queries the sensor assigned to "Power Sensor 2". Result: '','NRP-Z81','USB','123456' The NRP-Z81 power sensor with the serial number '123456' is assigned to the "Power Sensor 2".
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:PMETer:RELative[:MAGNitude] This command defines the reference value for relative measurements. Suffix: . Window Power sensor index Parameters: Range: -200 dBm to 200 dBm *RST: 0 Default unit: DBM Example: CALC:PMET2:REL -30 Sets the reference value for relative measurements to -30 dBm for power sensor 2.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:PMET2:REL:STAT ON Activates the relative display of the measured value for power sensor 2. FETCh:PMETer
? This command queries the results of power sensor measurements. Suffix:
. Power sensor index Usage: Query only READ:PMETer
? This command initiates a power sensor measurement and queries the results. Suffix:
.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: PMET2:DCYC:STAT ON Activates the duty cycle correction. PMET2:DCYC:VAL 0.5 Sets the correction value to 0.5%. Manual operation: See "Duty Cycle" on page 281 [SENSe:]PMETer
:FREQuency This command defines the frequency of the power sensor. Suffix: Parameters: . Power sensor index The available value range is specified in the data sheet of the power sensor in use.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: SHORt | NORMal | LONG *RST: NORMal Example: PMET2:MTIM SHOR Sets a short measurement duration for measurements of stationary high power signals for the selected power sensor. Manual operation: See "Meas Time/Average" on page 280 [SENSe:]PMETer:MTIMe:AVERage:COUNt This command sets the number of power readings included in the averaging process of power sensor measurements.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]PMETer
:ROFFset[:STATe] This command includes or excludes the reference level offset of the analyzer for power sensor measurements. Suffix: . Power sensor index Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: PMET2:ROFF OFF Takes no offset into account for the measured power.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]PMETer
:UPDate[:STATe] This command turns continuous update of power sensor measurements on and off. If on, the results are update even if a single sweep is complete. Suffix: . Power sensor index Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: PMET1:UPD ON The data from power sensor 1 is updated continuously.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.5.3 Internal Generator Commands The following commands are required to configure an internal generator. They are only available if the Tracking Generator option R&S FPL1-B9 is installed. For details see Chapter 7.3.3.1, "Basics on the Internal Generator", on page 283. Useful commands for internal generators described elsewhere: ● Chapter 11.6.3.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: Range: Increment: *RST: Default unit: 5 kHz to 3 GHz 0.1 Hz 1 GHz HZ Example: SOUR:INT:FREQ 2 GHz Manual operation: See "Frequency" on page 291 SOURce:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] Defines the output power of the internal generator. Suffix: Parameters: . irrelevant Range: Increment: *RST: Default unit: -60 dBm to +10 dBm 0.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● SOURce:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] on page 801 ● SOURce:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet on page 801 Remote commands exclusive to tracking generators: SOURce:FREQuency:COUPling[:STATe]....................................................................802 SOURce:INTernal:FREQuency:OFFSet......................................................................802 [SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe]..............
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters The command is available after you have created a reference trace for the selected measurement type with [SENSe:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] on page 803. This command is only available if the Tracking Generator is active (see OUTPut[:STATe] on page 800). Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on *RST: 1 Example: CORR ON Activates normalization.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "Calibrate Reflection Short" on page 294 See "Calibrate Reflection Open" on page 294 [SENSe:]CORRection:METHod This command selects the type of measurement to be performed with the generator. This command is only available if the Tracking Generator is active (see OUTPut[:STATe] on page 800). Parameters: REFLection Selects reflection measurements.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISPlay[:WINDow][:SUBWindow]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue This command defines the reference value assigned to the reference position in the specified window. Separate reference values are maintained for the various displays. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters FIXed Fixed power level. Required for tracking generator. SWEep Increasing power level. Required for power sweep. *RST: FIXed Example: SOUR:POW:MODE:SWE SOUR:POW:STAR -50 SOUR:POW:STOP -10 Manual operation: See "Power Sweep" on page 98 See "Usage" on page 291 SOURce:POWer:STARt Defines the start power level of the internal generator signal for power sweeps.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Programming Example for a Tracking Generator The following example demonstrates how to work with a tracking generator in a remote environment. It requires the Tracking Generator option (R&S FPL1-B9) to be installed on the R&S FPL1000. //--------------Preparing the instrument ----------//Reset the instrument *RST //Set the frequency span.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.5.4 Configuring the Outputs The following commands are required to provide output from the R&S FPL1000. Output functions require the option R&S FPL1-B5 to be installed on the R&S FPL1000. DIAGnostic:SERVice:NSOurce........................................................................................808 OUTPut:IF[:SOURce]..............................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters *RST: IF Example: OUTP:IF VID Selects the video signal for the IF/VIDEO output connector. Manual operation: See "Data Output" on page 300 OUTPut:IF:IFFRequency This command defines the frequency for the IF output of the R&S FPL1000. The IF frequency of the signal is converted accordingly. This command is available in the time domain and if the IF/VIDEO output is configured for IF. .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If the user port is programmed to input instead of output (see INPut:UPORt: STATe on page 790), the output value is temporarily stored. Suffix: . irrelevant Parameters: bit values in hexadecimal format TTL type voltage levels (max. 5V) Range: Example: #B00000000 to #B00111111 OUTP:UPOR #B00100100 Sets pins 5 and 7 to 5 V.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "Data Output" on page 300 See "Loudspeaker" on page 378 SYSTem:SPEaker:MUTE Temporarily disables the audio output via the built-in loudspeakers. Example: SYST:SPE:MUTE Manual operation: See "Data Output" on page 300 SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume This command defines the volume of the built-in loudspeaker for demodulated signals. This setting is maintained for all applications.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 1 = origin of coordinate system (x1 = 0, y1 = 0) 2 = end point of system (x2 = 100, y2= 100) 3 = zoom area (e.g. x1 = 60, y1 = 30, x2 = 80, y2 = 75) Suffix: . Window subwindow Not supported by all applications Parameters: Diagram coordinates in % of the complete diagram that define the zoom area. The lower left corner is the origin of coordinate system. The upper right corner is the end point of the system.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISPlay[:WINDow][:SUBWindow]:ZOOM[:STATe] This command turns the zoom on and off. Suffix: . Window subwindow Not supported by all applications Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on 11.8.6.2 Example: DISP:ZOOM ON Activates the zoom mode.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: Diagram coordinates in % of the complete diagram that define the zoom area. The lower left corner is the origin of coordinate system. The upper right corner is the end point of the system. Range: 0 to 100 Default unit: PCT Diagram coordinates in % of the complete diagram that define the zoom area. The lower left corner is the origin of coordinate system.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "Multi-Zoom" on page 440 See "Restore Original Display" on page 441 11.8.7 Configuring the Trace Display and Retrieving Trace Data The commands required to work with traces are described here. Commands required to export traces (and other result data) are described in Chapter 11.9.5, "Storing Measurement Results", on page 941. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 11.8.7.1 Configuring Standard Traces.............................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: . Window Trace Parameters: WRITe Overwrite mode: the trace is overwritten by each sweep. This is the default setting. AVERage The average is formed over several sweeps. The "Sweep/Average Count" determines the number of averaging procedures. MAXHold The maximum value is determined over several sweeps and displayed.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: . Window subwindow Trace Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: DISP:WIND:TRAC3:MODE:HCON ON Switches off the reset function. Manual operation: See "Hold" on page 395 DISPlay[:WINDow][:SUBWindow]:TRACe[:STATe] This command turns a trace on and off. The measurement continues in the background. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters subwindow Trace Parameters: Range: 1 to 50 *RST: 2 Default unit: PCT Example: DISP3:TRAC2:SMO:APER 5 Defines an aperture of 5% for trace 2 in window 3 Manual operation: See "Smoothing" on page 395 DISPlay[:WINDow][:SUBWindow]:TRACe:SMOothing[:STATe] This command turns trace smoothing for a particular trace on and off.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: If you set an average count of 0 or 1, the application performs one single sweep in single sweep mode. In continuous sweep mode, if the average count is set to 0, a moving average over 10 sweeps is performed.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters For details see "Mapping Samples to sweep Points with the Trace Detector" on page 386. For EMI measurements, the trace detector is used for the initial peak search only, not for the final test. The detector for the final test is configured using CALCulate: MARKer:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DETector on page 730.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: 1 Example: DET:AUTO OFF The selection of the detector is not coupled to the trace mode. Manual operation: See "Detector" on page 394 TRACe:COPY , This command copies data from one trace to another. Suffix: Parameters: 11.8.7.2 .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:SGRam:FRAMe:COUNt........................................................................... 823 CALCulate:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:COUNt................................................................... 823 CALCulate:SGRam:FRAMe:SELect........................................................................... 823 CALCulate:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:SELect...................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: INIT:CONT OFF Selects single sweep mode. INIT;*WAI Starts the sweep and waits for the end of the sweep. CALC:SGR:CONT ON Repeats the single sweep measurement without deleting the results of the last measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: INIT:CONT OFF Stop the continuous sweep. CALC:SGR:FRAM:SEL -25 Selects frame number -25. Manual operation: See "Select Frame" on page 329 CALCulate:SGRam:HDEPth CALCulate:SPECtrogram:HDEPth This command defines the number of frames to be stored in the R&S FPL1000 memory. Suffix: Parameters: . Window The maximum number of frames depends on the number of sweep points.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:SGRam[:STATe] CALCulate:SPECtrogram[:STATe] This command turns the spectrogram on and off. Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:SGR ON Activates the Spectrogram result display.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:SGRam:TSTamp:DATA? CALCulate:SPECtrogram:TSTamp:DATA? This command queries the starting time of the frames. The return values consist of four values for each frame. If the Spectrogram is empty, the command returns '0,0,0,0'. The times are given as delta values, which simplifies evaluating relative results; however, you can also calculate the absolute date and time as displayed on the screen.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: Parameters: . 1..n Window ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: //Activates the time stamp CALC:SGR:TST ON Manual operation: See "Time Stamp" on page 409 Configuring the Color Map DISPlay[:WINDow]:SGRam:COLor:DEFault................................................................ 827 DISPlay[:WINDow]:SPECtrogram:COLor:DEFault....................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: DISP:WIND:SGR:COL:LOW 10 Sets the start of the color map to 10%. Manual operation: See "Start / Stop" on page 411 DISPlay[:WINDow]:SGRam:COLor:SHAPe DISPlay[:WINDow]:SPECtrogram:COLor:SHAPe This command defines the shape and focus of the color curve for the spectrogram result display. Suffix: . Window Parameters: Shape of the color curve.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters RADar Uses a color range from black over green to light turquoise with shades of green in between. GRAYscale Shows the results in shades of gray. *RST: 11.8.7.3 HOT Example: DISP:WIND:SPEC:COL GRAY Changes the color scheme of the spectrogram to black and white. Manual operation: See "Hot/Cold/Radar/Grayscale" on page 412 Using Trace Mathematics The following commands control trace mathematics.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MATH:MODE This command selects the way the R&S FPL1000 calculates trace mathematics. Suffix: . Window irrelevant Parameters: For more information on the way each mode works see Trace Math Mode. LINear Linear calculation. LOGarithmic Logarithmic calculation. POWer Linear power calculation. *RST: LOGarithmic Example: CALC:MATH:MODE LIN Selects linear calculation.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters irrelevant Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on 11.8.7.4 Example: CALC:MATH:STAT ON Turns on trace mathematics. Manual operation: See "Trace Math Function" on page 417 See "Trace Math Off" on page 417 Retrieving Trace Results This chapter describes how to retrieve data from standard traces. For spectrograms see also Chapter 11.8.8.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters REAL Floating-point numbers (according to IEEE 754) in the "definite length block format". In the Spectrum application, the format setting REAL is used for the binary transmission of trace data. 16 | 32 | 64 Length in bits for floating-point results 32 32-bit floating-point numbers For I/Q data, 8 bytes per sample are returned for this format setting.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: TRAC? TRACE3 Queries the data of trace 3. Manual operation: See "Diagram" on page 117 See "List Evaluation State (Result Summary)" on page 186 See "List Evaluation State" on page 208 Table 11-6: Return values for TRACE1 to TRACE6 parameter The trace data consists of a list of power levels that have been measured. The number of power levels in the list depends on the currently selected number of sweep points.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters The offset in sweep points related to the start of the measurement at which data retrieval is to start. Number of sweep points to be retrieved from the trace. Return values: Example: TRAC:DATA:MEM? TRACE1,25,100 Retrieves 100 sweep points from trace 1, starting at sweep point 25.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters #4 Number of digits (= 4 in the example) of the following number of data bytes 1024 Number of following data bytes (= 1024 in the example) 4-byte floating point value Reading out data in binary format is quicker than in ASCII format. Thus, binary format is recommended for large amounts of data. 11.8.7.6 Importing and Exporting Traces FORMat:DEXPort:FORMat............................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters *RST: Manual operation: SINGle See "Export all Traces and all Table Results" on page 447 FORMat:DIMPort:TRACes This command selects the data to be included in a data import file (see MMEMory: LOAD:TRACe on page 836). For details on importing data see Chapter 7.13.3, "How to Import Traces", on page 450.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: 11.8.7.7 Number of the trace to be stored (This parameter is ignored if the option "Export all Traces and all Table Results" is activated in the Export configuration settings, see FORMat:DEXPort:TRACes on page 835). String containing the path and name of the target file. Example: MMEM:STOR1:TRAC 1,'C:\TEST.ASC' Stores trace 1 from window 1 in the file TEST.ASC.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISP:WIND:SGR:COL:UPP 70 DISP:WIND:SGR:COL:SHAP 0.8 //Defines a color map for a range that comprises 40% of the measurement range, //excluding 30% at each end. The colors are not scaled linearly; the light gray //colors are stretched to distinguish low values better. //--------------Performing the Measurement--------------SWE:COUN 10 //Defines 10 sweeps to be performed per measurement.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Queries the frequency (x), level (y) and frame values of marker 1. CALC:MARK2:X? CALC:MARK2:Y? CALC:MARK2:SGR:FRAM? //Queries the frequency (x), level (y) and frame values of marker 2. CALC:DELT1:X? CALC:DELT1:Y? CALC:DELT1:SGR:FRAM? //Queries the frequency (x), level (y) and frame values of deltamarker 1. CALC:DELT3:X? CALC:DELT3:Y? CALC:DELT3:SGR:FRAM? //Queries the frequency (x), level (y) and frame values of deltamarker 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ● ● ● ● 11.8.8.1 n dB Down Marker................................................................................................ 881 Signal Count Marker............................................................................................. 884 Marker Demodulation............................................................................................886 Programming Examples for Using Markers and Marker Functions.......
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:DELT2:LINK ON Manual operation: See "Linking to Another Marker" on page 263 CALCulate:DELTamarker:LINK:TO:MARKer This command links delta marker to any active normal marker . If you change the horizontal position of marker , delta marker changes its horizontal position to the same value. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: CALC:DELT:MODE ABS Absolute delta marker position. CALCulate:DELTamarker:MREFerence This command selects a reference marker for a delta marker other than marker 1. The reference may be another marker or the fixed reference. Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: FIXed Selects the fixed reference as the reference.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If necessary, the command activates the marker first. Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: Trace number the marker is assigned to. Example: CALC:DELT2:TRAC 2 Positions delta marker 2 on trace 2. CALCulate:DELTamarker:X This command moves a delta marker to a particular coordinate on the x-axis.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:LINK:TO:MARKer This command links normal marker to any active normal marker . If you change the horizontal position of marker , marker changes its horizontal position to the same value. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If necessary, the command activates the marker first. Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: 1 to 6 Trace number the marker is assigned to. Example: //Assign marker to trace 1 CALC:MARK3:TRAC 2 Manual operation: See "Assigning the Marker to a Trace" on page 263 CALCulate:MARKer:X This command moves a marker to a specific coordinate on the x-axis.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters DISPlay[:WINDow]:MTABle This command turns the marker table on and off. Suffix: Parameters: . irrelevant ON | 1 Turns on the marker table. OFF | 0 Turns off the marker table. AUTO Turns on the marker table if 3 or more markers are active. *RST: AUTO Example: DISP:MTAB ON Activates the marker table.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: irrelevant STANdard the marker moves from one pixel to the next POINts the marker moves from one sweep point to the next *RST: 11.8.8.3 POINts Example: CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ STAN Sets the marker step size to one pixel. Manual operation: See "Marker Stepsize" on page 354 Configuring and Performing a Marker Search The following commands control the marker search. CALCulate:MARKer:LOEXclude.......
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Application/Result display Unit Spectrum dB Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If you perform a measurement in the time domain, this command limits the range of the trace to be analyzed. Suffix: . irrelevant irrelevant Parameters: The value range depends on the frequency range or sweep time. The unit is Hz for frequency domain measurements and s for time domain measurements.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:X:SLIMits:ZOOM[:STATe] This command adjusts the marker search range to the zoom area for all markers in all windows. Suffix: . irrelevant irrelevant Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:ZOOM ON Switches the search limit function on.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on 11.8.8.4 Example: CALC:THR:STAT ON Switches on the threshold line. Manual operation: See "Deactivating All Search Limits" on page 157 Positioning the Marker This chapter contains remote commands necessary to position the marker on a trace. ● ● Positioning Normal Markers ................................................................................. 851 Positioning Delta Markers............
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:MAXimum:LEFT This command moves a marker to the next lower peak. The search includes only measurement values to the left of the current marker position. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the maximum level in the currently selected frame. The vertical marker position remains the same. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: . Window Marker Manual operation: See "Search Next Peak" on page 361 CALCulate:MARKer:MINimum:AUTO This command turns an automatic marker peak search for a trace minimum on and off. The R&S FPL1000 performs the peak search after each sweep. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: . Window Marker Manual operation: See "Search Next Minimum" on page 362 CALCulate:MARKer:MINimum[:PEAK] This command moves a marker to the minimum level. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the minimum level in the currently selected frame. The vertical marker position remains the same. If the marker is not yet active, the command first activates the marker. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters The search includes only measurement values to the left of the current marker position. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the maximum level in the currently selected frame. The vertical marker position remains the same. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Marker Manual operation: See "Search Next Peak" on page 361 CALCulate:DELTamarker:MINimum:LEFT This command moves a delta marker to the next higher minimum value. The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker position. In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the minimum level in the currently selected frame. The vertical marker position remains the same.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters In the spectrogram, the command moves a marker horizontally to the minimum level in the currently selected frame. The vertical marker position remains the same. 11.8.8.5 Suffix: . Window Marker Manual operation: See "Search Next Minimum" on page 362 Retrieving Marker Results The following commands are used to retrieve the results of markers.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If necessary, the command activates the delta marker first. Suffix: . Window Marker Return values: Position of the delta marker in relation to the reference marker. Example: CALC:DELT3:X:REL? Outputs the frequency of delta marker 3 relative to marker 1 or relative to the reference position.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters The usage of these markers is demonstrated in Chapter 11.8.7.7, "Programming Example: Configuring a Spectrogram", on page 837. Using Markers The following commands control spectrogram markers. Useful commands for spectrogram markers described elsewhere The following commands define the horizontal position of the markers.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:SGRam:FRAMe CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram:FRAMe |
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: . Window Marker CALCulate:MARKer:SGRam:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] This command moves a marker to the minimum level of the spectrogram. Suffix: . Window Marker CALCulate:MARKer:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe This command moves a marker vertically to the next lower peak level for the current frequency.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: . Window Marker Manual operation: See "Search Mode for Next Peak in Y-Direction" on page 358 CALCulate:MARKer:SGRam:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] This command moves a marker vertically to the highest level for the current frequency. The search includes all frames. It does not change the horizontal position of the marker.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:SGRam:Y:MINimum:NEXT CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT This command moves a marker vertically to the next higher minimum level for the current frequency. The search includes all frames. It does not change the horizontal position of the marker. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:DELTamarker:SGRam:SARea............................................................ 865 CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram:SARea.................................................... 865 CALCulate:DELTamarker:SGRam:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK]....................................... 865 CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK]...............................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:DELTamarker:SGRam:SARea CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram:SARea This command defines the marker search area for all spectrogram markers in the channel setup. Suffix: . irrelevant irrelevant Parameters: VISible Performs a search within the visible frames. Note that the command does not work if the spectrogram is not visible for any reason (e.g.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Marker Manual operation: See "Search Mode for Next Peak in Y-Direction" on page 358 CALCulate:DELTamarker:SGRam:Y:MAXimum:BELow CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:BELow This command moves a marker vertically to the next higher level for the current frequency. The search includes only frames below the current marker position. It does not change the horizontal position of the marker. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:DELTamarker:SGRam:Y:MINimum:ABOVe CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:ABOVe This command moves a delta marker vertically to the next minimum level for the current frequency. The search includes only frames above the current marker position. It does not change the horizontal position of the marker. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If the marker hasn't been active yet, the command first looks for the peak level in the whole spectrogram and moves the marker vertically to the minimum level. 11.8.8.7 Suffix: . Window Marker Fixed Reference Marker Settings The following commands configure a fixed reference marker. CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:MAXimum[:PEAK].....................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "Defining a Fixed Reference" on page 354 See "Defining Reference Point" on page 370 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y This command defines the vertical position of the fixed delta marker reference point. The coordinates of the reference may be anywhere in the diagram. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Marker Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on 11.8.8.8 Example: CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX ON Switches on the measurement with fixed reference value for all delta markers. CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 128 MHZ Sets the frequency reference to 128 MHz. CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y 30 DBM Sets the reference level to +30 dBm.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: 1 Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:ANN:LAB:STAT OFF Removes the peak labels from the diagram Manual operation: See "Display Marker Numbers" on page 382 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt? This command queries the number of peaks that have been found during a peak search.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FPEaks:LIST:SIZE This command defines the maximum number of peaks that the R&S FPL1000 looks for during a peak search. Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: Maximum number of peaks to be determined. Range: *RST: 1 to 200 50 Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:LIST:SIZE 10 The marker peak list will contain a maximum of 10 peaks.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:STAT ON Activates marker peak search Manual operation: See "Peak List State" on page 381 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FPEaks:X? This command queries the position of the peaks on the x-axis. The order depends on the sort order that has been set with CALCulate: MARKer:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: . Window irrelevant Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS:AOFF CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult? This command queries the result of the noise measurement. To get a valid result, you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result. This is only possible for single sweep mode. See also INITiate:CONTinuous on page 628. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.8.10 Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS ON Switches on the noise measurement. Manual operation: See "Noise Measurement State" on page 367 See "Switching All Noise Measurement Off" on page 367 Phase Noise Measurement Marker The following commands control the phase noise measurement marker function.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters If necessary, the command activates the measurement first. This command is only available in the Spectrum application. Suffix: . Window Marker Return values: numeric value The difference in level between the reference point and the noise power density at the position of the specified delta marker. Example: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:PNO:RES? Outputs the result of phase-noise measurement of the deltamarker 2.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:PNOise:AOFF Removes all phase noise markers in the specified window. Suffix: . Window irrelevant Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:PNO:AOFF CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? This command queries the result of a phase noise measurement. If necessary, the command activates the measurement first. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Using Markers CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:BPOWer:AOFF..................................................... 878 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE.................................................... 878 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:BPOWer:RESult?..................................................878 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:BPOWer:SPAN.....................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Example: Activate the band power marker: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:STAT ON Select the density mode for the result: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:MODE DENS Query the result: CALC:MARK:FUNC:BPOW:RES? Response: 20dBm/Hz Usage: Query only CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:BPOWer:SPAN This command defines the bandwidth around the marker position. Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: Frequency.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Using Delta Markers CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:BPOWer:MODE.............................................880 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:BPOWer:RESult?...........................................880 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:BPOWer:SPAN..............................................880 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:BPOWer[:STATe]...........................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Suffix: . Window Marker Parameters: Frequency. The maximum span depends on the marker position and R&S FPL1000 model. *RST: 5% of current span Default unit: Hz Manual operation: See "Span" on page 376 CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:BPOWer[:STATe] This command turns delta markers for band power measurements on and off. If neccessary, the command also turns on a reference marker. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: Distance of the temporary markers to the reference marker in dB. For a positive offset, the markers T1 and T2 are placed below the active reference point. For a negative offset (for example for notch filter measurements), the markers T1 and T2 are placed above the active reference point. *RST: 6dB Default unit: DB Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD 3dB Sets the distance to the reference marker to 3 dB.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:NDBDown:QFACtor? This command queries the Q factor of n dB down measurements. Suffix: . irrelevant irrelevant Return values: Usage: Query only CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult? This command queries the distance of the n dB down markers from each other.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters irrelevant Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:STAT ON Turns the n dB Down marker on. Manual operation: See "n dB down Marker State" on page 372 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:NDBDown:TIME? This command queries the position of the n dB down markers on the x-axis when measuring in the time domain.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:COUNt................................................................................ 885 CALCulate:MARKer:COUNt:FREQuency?............................................................885 CALCulate:MARKer:COUNt:RESolution...............................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Before you can use the command, you have to turn on the frequency counter. Suffix: . Window Marker Return values: Frequency at the marker position. Example: INIT:CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode. CALC:MARK ON Switches on marker 2. CALC:MARK:COUN ON Activates the frequency counter for marker 1. INIT;*WAI Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Remote commands exclusive to marker demodulation: CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous....................................887 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:DEModulation:HOLDoff..........................................887 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect............................................888 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe].......................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect This command selects the demodulation mode at the marker position. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters [SENSe:]DEMod:SQUelch[:STATe] This command turns selective demodulation at the marker position on and off. For selective demodulation, the R&S FPL1000 turns on a video trigger whose level correponds to the squelch level. Therefore it turns other triggers or gates off. Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: 11.8.8.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Marker information is always displayed in a separate table. CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ STAN //The marker moves from one pixel to the next instead of sweep points in manual op. CALC:MARK:PEXC 6dB //Defines a peak excursion of 6 dB. CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 50MHz CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 150MHz //Restricts the search area for peaks to the frequencies between 50 and 150 MHz.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Retrieves the marker levels of each active normal and delta marker. CALC:DELT5:X:REL? CALC:DELT6:X:REL? //Retrieves the frequency difference between the delta marker and marker 1. //--------------Deactivating all markers --------------------//CALC:MARK:AOFF //CALC:DELT:AOFF Example: Marker Search in Spectrograms This example demonstrates how to search for peak values in spectrograms in a remote environment.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Basic Frequency Sweep Measurement for Marker Function Examples Since markers can only be placed on an existing trace, the following example provides a simple frequency sweep measurement to be used as a basis for the subsequent marker function scripts. //-------------- Configuring the basic frequency sweep ------------*RST //Resets the instrument INIT:CONT OFF //Selects single sweep mode.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters on page 892 has been performed and thus does not begin by presetting the instrument. In this example, the peak search is restricted to the frequency range of 50 MHz to 150 MHz. The top 5 power levels with a peak excursion of 10dB and a minimum of -100 dBm are to be determined and displayed with their marker numbers. The results are sorted by frequency values. The resulting peak list is then exported to a file.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters ples" on page 892 has been performed and thus does not begin by presetting the instrument.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALC:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:STAT ON //Activates the band power measurement for the band around marker 1 CALC:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:SPAN 30MHz //Sets the bandwidth to be measured to 30 MHz CALC:MARK1:FUNC:BPOW:MODE DENS //Sets the result to be a density (power per Hz bandwidth) CALC:DELT2 ON //Activates deltamarker2 CALC:DELT2:FUNC:BPOW:STAT ON //Activates the band power measurement for the band around deltamarker 2 CALC:DELT2:FUNC:BPOW:SPAN 3
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters //Returns the bandwidth at the specified power offset. CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:FREQ? //Returns the frequencies of the temporary markers at the power offsets CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:QFAC? //Returns the quality factor of the resulting bandwidth Examples: Demodulating Marker Values and Providing Audio Output The following examples demonstrate how to demodulate markers and provide audio output in a remote environment.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Basic Frequency Sweep", on page 747 has been performed and thus does not begin by presetting the instrument.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.9 Configuring Display Lines The commands required to configure display lines in a remote environment are described here. CALCulate:DLINe...............................................................................................898 CALCulate:DLINe:STATe.................................................................................... 898 CALCulate:FLINe...............................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:FLINe This command defines the position of a frequency line. Suffix: . Window 1 to 4 frequency line Parameters: Note that you can not set a frequency line to a position that is outside the current span. Range: 0 Hz to Fmax *RST: (STATe to OFF) Default unit: HZ Example: CALC:FLIN2 120MHz Sets frequency line 2 to a frequency of 120 MHz.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: Range: -60 to +10 *RST: line 1: -30 dBm, line 2: -20 dBm Default unit: DBM Example: CALC:PLIN2 1dBm Sets power line 2 to a level of 1 dBm. Manual operation: See "Vertical Line " on page 420 CALCulate:PLINe:STATe This command turns a power line on and off Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:TLINe:STATe This command turns a time line on and off Suffix: . Window 1 to 4 time line Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:TLIN:STAT ON Turns the first time line on. 11.8.10 Defining Limit Checks Note that in remote control, upper and lower limit lines are configured using separate commands.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:LIMit- :UPPer[:DATA].............................................................................908 CALCulate:LIMit
- :UPPer:MARGin.......................................................................... 908 CALCulate:LIMit
- :UPPer:MODE.............................................................................909 CALCulate:LIMit
- :UPPer:OFFSet......................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters
- Limit line Parameters: FREQuency | TIME FREQuency For limit lines that apply to a range of frequencies. TIME For limit lines that apply to a period of time. *RST: FREQuency Example: CALC:LIM:CONT:DOM FREQ Select a limit line in the frequency domain. Manual operation: See "X-Axis" on page 430 CALCulate:LIMit
- :CONTrol:MODE This command selects the horizontal limit line scaling.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:LIMit- :CONTrol:SHIFt This command moves a complete limit line horizontally. Compared to defining an offset, this command actually changes the limit line definition points by the value you define. Suffix: . irrelevant
- Limit line Parameters: Numeric value. The unit depends on the scale of the x-axis.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: Variable number of level values. Note that the number of vertical values has to be the same as the number of horizontal values set with CALCulate: LIMit- :CONTrol[:DATA]. If not, the R&S FPL1000 either adds missing values or ignores surplus values. The unit depends on CALCulate:LIMit
- :UNIT on page 908.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Compared to shifting the limit line, an offset does not actually change the limit line definition points. Suffix: . Window - Limit line Parameters: Numeric value. *RST: 0 Default unit: dB Manual operation: See "Y-Offset" on page 428 CALCulate:LIMit
- :LOWer:SHIFt This command moves a complete lower limit line vertically.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Before you can use the command, you have to select a limit line with CALCulate: LIMit- :NAME on page 907. Suffix: . irrelevant
- Limit line Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Manual operation: See "Visibility" on page 427 CALCulate:LIMit
- :LOWer:THReshold This command defines a threshold for relative limit lines.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:LIMit- :UNIT This command defines the unit of a limit line. Suffix: . irrelevant
- Limit line Parameters: DBM | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere | DB | DBUV_M | DBUA_M | (unitless) If you select dB as the limit line unit, the command automatically turns the limit line into a relative limit line.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: See "Margin" on page 430 CALCulate:LIMit- :UPPer:MODE This command selects the vertical limit line scaling. Suffix: . Window
- Limit line Parameters: ABSolute Limit line is defined by absolute physical values. The unit is variable. RELative Limit line is defined by relative values related to the reference level (dB).
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: Manual operation: Defines the distance that the limit line moves. The unit depends on CALCulate:LIMit- :UNIT on page 908. See "Shift y" on page 431 CALCulate:LIMit
- :UPPer:SPACing This command selects linear or logarithmic interpolation for the calculation of an upper limit line from one horizontal point to the next. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Parameters: Numeric value. The unit depends on CALCulate:LIMit- :UNIT on page 908. *RST: -200 Default unit: dBm Manual operation: 11.8.10.2 See "Threshold" on page 429 Managing Limit Lines Useful commands for managing limit lines described in the R&S FPL1000 User Manual: ● MMEM:SEL[:ITEM]:LIN:ALL ● MMEM:STOR:TYPE Remote commands exclusive to managing limit lines: CALCulate:LIMit
- :ACTive?................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters
- Parameters: Limit line 1 to 8 number of the new limit line String containing the name of the limit line. Example: CALC:LIM1:COPY 2 Copies limit line 1 to line 2. CALC:LIM1:COPY 'FM2' Copies limit line 1 to a new line named FM2. Manual operation: See "Copy Line" on page 428 CALCulate:LIMit
- :DELete This command deletes a limit line. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALCulate:LIMit- :TRACe:CHECk This command turns the limit check for a specific trace on and off. To query the limit check result, use CALCulate:LIMit
- :FAIL?. Suffix: . Window
- Limit line Trace Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 Switches the function off ON | 1 Switches the function on Example: CALC:LIM3:TRAC2:CHEC ON Switches on the limit check for limit line 3 on trace 2.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters Manual operation: 11.8.10.3 See "Export" on page 431 Checking the Results of a Limit Check CALCulate:LIMit- :CLEar[:IMMediate]...................................................................... 914 CALCulate:LIMit
- :FAIL?........................................................................................ 914 CALCulate:LIMit
- :CLEar[:IMMediate] This command deletes the result of the current limit check.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters 11.8.10.4 Programming Example: Using Limit Lines The following examples demonstrate how to work with limit lines in a remote environment. ● ● Example: Configuring Limit Lines..........................................................................915 Example: Performing a Limit Check......................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Setting Basic Spectrum RF Measurement Parameters CALC:LIM3:LOW:OFFS 3 //Defines an additional 3 dB offset for limit line 3. CALC:LIM3:LOW:THR -200DBM //Defines a power threshold of -200dBm that must be exceeded for limit to be checked CALC:LIM3:LOW:MARG 5dB //Defines an area of 5dB around limit line 3 where limit check violations //are still tolerated.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results //Loads the limit lines stored in 'LimitLines_FM1_FM3' CALC:LIM1:NAME 'FM1' CALC:LIM1:UPP:STAT ON //Activates upper limit FM1 as line 1. CALC:LIM3:NAME 'FM3' CALC:LIM3:LOW:STAT ON //Activates lower limit line FM3 as line 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results asterisk replaces any of the remaining characters in the file name. "*.*" thus means all files in a directory. Path names Storage locations can be specified either as absolute (including the entire path) or relative paths (including only subfolders of the current folder). Use the MMEM:CDIR? query to determine the current folder. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● General Data Storage and Loading Commands...................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results POINt Uses a point as decimal separator, e.g. 4.05. *RST: *RST has no effect on the decimal separator. Default is POINt. Example: FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN Sets the decimal point as separator.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Parameters: String containing the path and directory. If you leave out the path, the command returns the contents of the directory selected with MMEMory:CDIRectory on page 920. The path may be relative or absolute. Using wildcards ('*') is possible to query a certain type of files only. MMEMory:CDIRectory This command changes the current directory. Parameters: String containing the path to another directory.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results The command is useful for reading stored settings files or trace data from the instrument or for transferring them to the instrument Parameters: Data block with the following structure. # Hash sign. Length of the length information. Length information of the binary data (number of bytes). Binary data with the indicated of bytes.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Parameters: String containing the path and file name of the source file. String containing the path and name of the target file. Example: MMEM:MOVE 'C:\TEST01.CFG','SETUP.CFG' Renames TEST01.CFG in SETUP.CFG in directory C:\. MMEMory:MSIS This command selects the default storage device used by all MMEMory commands. Parameters: 'A:' | 'C:' | … | 'Z:' String containing the device drive name *RST: n.a.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:NETWork:MAP , [, , , ] This command maps a drive to a server or server directory of the network. Note that you have to allow sharing for a server or folder in Microsoft networks first. Parameters: String containing the drive name or path of the directory you want to map. String containing the host name of the computer or the IP address and the share name of the drive. '<\host name
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results 11.9.2 Selecting the Items to Store The following commands select the items to be included in the configuration file. Depending on the used command, either the items from the entire instrument (MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]...), or only those from the currently selected channel setup (MMEM:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]...) are stored. MMEMory:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]:ALL...........................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]:HWSettings MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings This command includes or excludes measurement (hardware) settings when storing or loading a configuration file. Measurement settings include: ● general channel configuration ● measurement hardware configuration including markers ● limit lines Note that a configuration may include no more than 8 limit lines.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results ● Transducers: MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL on page 926 Example: MMEM:SEL:NONE Manual operation: See "Items:" on page 463 MMEMory:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]:SPECtrogram MMEMory:SELect:CHANnel[:ITEM]:SGRam MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SPECtrogram MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SGRam This command includes or excludes spectrogram data when storing or loading a configuration file.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results 11.9.3 Storing and Loading Instrument Settings See also: ● INSTrument[:SELect] on page 622 to select the channel setup. MMEMory:CLEar:ALL.....................................................................................................927 MMEMory:CLEar:STATe................................................................................................. 927 MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO......................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Example: MMEM:LOAD:AUTO 1,'C: \Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\user\TEST' Manual operation: See "Startup Recall" on page 464 MMEMory:LOAD:STATe <1>, This command restores and activates the instrument configuration stored in a *.dfl file. Note that files with other formats cannot be loaded with this command.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Example: MMEM:SEL:ALL //Save all items (User Settings, All Traces, All Limit Lines) from the R&S FPL1000. MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,'C: \Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\user\TEST01' //Reloads all items In the "Recall" dialog, select only "User Settings" and "All Limit Lines". MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,'C: \Users\Public\Documents\Rohde-Schwarz\Analyzer\user\TEST01' //Reloads user settings and all limit lines. *RST //Reset instrument.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Example: INST:SEL 'SPECTRUM2' //Selects channel setup 'SPECTRUM2'. MMEM:STOR:TYP CHAN //Specifies that channel setup data is to be stored. MMEM:STOR:STAT 1, 'C:\Analyzer\Spectrum' //Stores the settings from channel setup //'SPECTRUM2' to the file 'C:\Analyzer\Spectrum'. MMEM:LOAD:TYPE NEW //Specifies that channel setups are to be loaded //in a new channel setup. MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1, 'C:\Analyzer\Spectrum' //Loads the channel setup from the file //'C:
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TYPE This command defines whether the data from the entire instrument or only from the current channel setup is stored with the subsequent MMEM:STOR... command. Suffix: <1|2> . irrelevant Parameters: INSTrument | CHANnel INSTrument Stores data from the entire instrument. CHANnel Stores data from an individual channel setup. *RST: Example: INST INST:SEL 'SPECTRUM2' Selects channel setup'SPECTRUM2'.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results 11.9.4 Storing or Printing Screenshots Useful commands to configure screenshots described elsewhere ● MMEMory:NAME on page 922 Remote commands exclusive to configuring screenshots DISPlay:LOGO.............................................................................................................. 932 HCOPy:ABORt.............................................................................................................. 933 HCOPy:CONTent....
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:ABORt This command aborts a running hardcopy output. Example: HCOP:ABOR HCOPy:CONTent This command determines the type of content included in the printout. Parameters: WINDows | HCOPy WINDows Includes only the selected windows in the printout. All currently active windows for the current channel setup (or "MultiView") are available for selection.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results See table below Example: HCOP:CMAP:DEF2 Selects the optimized color set for the color settings of a printout. Manual operation: See "Print Colors" on page 508 Gui setting Description Remote command "Screen Colors (Print)" HCOP:CMAP:DEF1 Selects the current screen colors for the printout. The background is always printed in white and the grid in black.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results ON | 1 Color printing OFF | 0 Black and white printing *RST: Example: 1 HCOP:DEV:COL ON HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2> This command selects the file format for a print job. Suffix: <1|2> Parameters: . 1|2 Irrelevant. WMF | GDI | EWMF | BMP | PNG | JPEG | JPG | PDF | SVG | DOC | RTF GDI Graphics Device Interface Default format for output to a printer configured under Windows. Must be selected for output to the printer interface.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Suffix: <1|2> . Irrelevant. Suffix 2 is not allowed Manual operation: See "Print" on page 476 HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TEXT This command defines a comment to be added to the printout. Suffix: <1|2> . 1|2 Parameters: String containing the comment.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:PAGE:MARGin<1|2>:LEFT This command defines the margin at the left side of the printout page on which no elements are printed. The margins are defined according to HCOPy:PAGE: MARGin<1|2>:UNIT on page 937. Suffix: <1|2> . 1|2 Irrelevant. Parameters: *RST: Example: HCOP:PAGE:MARG2:LEFT 2 Manual operation: See "Margins" on page 480 4.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Suffix: <1|2> Parameters: . 1|2 Irrelevant. MM | IN MM millimeters IN inches *RST: MM Example: HCOP:PAGE:MARG2:BOTT 2 Manual operation: See "Margins" on page 480 HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2> The command selects the page orientation of the printout. The command is only available if the output device is a printer or a PDF file. Suffix: <1|2> Parameters: . 1|2 Irrelevant.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results *RST: 1 Example: HCOP:CONT WIND HCOP:PAGE:WIND2:CHAN 'IQ Analyzer',0 HCOP:PAGE:WIND2:STAT 'IQ Analyzer','1',1 Prints only window 1 in the IQ Analyzer channel setup. Manual operation: See "Print Multiple Windows" on page 473 HCOPy:PAGE:WINDow<1|2>:COUNt This command defines how many windows are displayed on a single page of the printout for HCOPy:CONTent on page 933. Suffix: <1|2> .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:PAGE:WINDow<1|2>:STATe , , This command selects the windows to be included in the printout for HCOPy:CONTent on page 933. Suffix: <1|2> Parameters: . irrelevant String containing the name of the channel setup. For a list of available channel setup types use INSTrument: LIST? on page 620. String containing the name of the existing window. By default, the name of a window is the same as its index.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results To query the name of other installed printers, use SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter: ENUMerate[:NEXT] on page 941. Manual operation: See "Printer Name" on page 478 SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate[:NEXT] This command queries the name of available printers. You have to use SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt on page 940 for this command to work properly.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results FORMat:DEXPort:HEADer If enabled, additional instrument and measurement settings are included in the header of the export file for result data. If disabled, only the pure result data from the selected traces and tables is exported. See Chapter 7.13.6, "Reference: ASCII File Export Format", on page 451 for details.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Note that, depending on the size of the history buffer, the process of exporting the data can take a while. Suffix: . Window Parameters: String containing the path and name of the target file. Example: MMEM:STOR:SGR 'Spectrogram' Copies the spectrogram data to a file.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:TREPort:PAGesize.............................................................................................950 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGecount:STATe.................................................................................951 HCOPy:TREPort:PCOLors[:STATe]..................................................................................951 HCOPy:TREPort:TDSTamp[:STATe]...........................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Example: HCOP:TREP:DESC 'A short summary of the test report.' Adds a description to the test report. HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:DEFault This command restores the default configuration of the test report regarding the information that is part of the report. It also restores the default names of the measurement information titles. Example: HCOP:TREP:ITEM:DEF Restores the default test report configuration.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results You can define up to 6 items in the header. Use HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE:TITLe on page 946 to define custom titles for each item. Use HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:LINE:CONTrol to select the condition under which each item is shown. Suffix: Parameters: . 1...6 Selects the header line. String containing the description of one of the value fields. By default, the value fields of the items are empty.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Manual operation: See "Title" on page 493 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:HEADer:STATe This command includes or excludes the complete set of measurement information from the test report. Parameters: ON | OFF *RST: ON Example: HCOP:TREP:ITEM:HEAD:STAT ON Includes the measurement information in the test report.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Manual operation: See "Logo" on page 494 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:LOGO:CONTrol This command selects how often the logo is displayed in the document. Parameters: GLOBal The selected header line is displayed at the top of every page of the report. NEVer The selected header line is displayed on no page of the report. Note that a line that does not contain anything is still displayed in the report as a blank line.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Table 11-10: Available Description SAN Spectrum Table 11-11: Available in spectrum application - Description Default DIAGram Screenshot of the scan results. x MARKers Contents of the marker table. x PEAKlist Contents of the peak list. x RSUMmary Contents of the result summary. x SETTings Settings that have been used during a measurement. x SPECtrogram Screenshot of the spectrogram.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:LOAD This command loads a test report template. Parameters: String containing the name of the template. Example: HCOP:TREP:ITEM:TEMP:LOAD 'myTemplate' Loads a test report template. Usage: Event Manual operation: See "Load" on page 496 HCOPy:TREPort:ITEM:TEMPlate:SAVE This command saves a test report template in XML format.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results US Document pages have a US letter size. *RST: A4 Example: HCOP:TREP:PAG A4 Selects the A4 size for the document. Manual operation: See "Page format" on page 488 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGecount:STATe This command includes or excludes page number from the test report. Parameters: ON | OFF *RST: ON Example: HCOP:TREP:PAG:STAT OFF Removes page numbers from the test report.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results Note that the command only deletes datasets as a whole (= complete chapters). Deleting individual items of a dataset is not possible. Set # 1 Set # 2 Subset Subset Set # 1 = Number of the dataset would be "1". Set # 2 = Number of the dataset would be "2". Subset = Cannot be removed. Parameters: Index number of the dataset as shown in the "Test Report Content Selection" dialog box.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results HCOPy:TREPort:TITLe:STATe This command includes or excludes the title page from the test report. Parameters: ON | OFF *RST: Example: OFF HCOP:TREP:TITL:STAT OFF Removes the title page from the test report. 11.9.7 Examples: Managing Data ● ● ● ● 11.9.7.1 Storing Data.......................................................................................................... 953 Loading Data.........................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Managing Settings and Results //and removes it from the instrument hard disk. MMEM:RDIR 'C:\R_S\INSTR\USER\Results' //Deletes the directory called 'Results' from drive C:, unless it still //contains any content. //-----Disconnecting the network drive--MMEM:NETW:DISC 'Q:' //Disconnect drive Q:. 11.9.7.2 Loading Data MMEM:CDIR? //Returns the path of the current directory. //e.g. C:\R_S\Instr\user\ MMEM:CDIR 'C:\R_S\INSTR\USER\Results' //Changes the current directory.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 //to a new channel. The new channel is named 'Spectrum2' to avoid a naming conflict //with the existing 'Spectrum' channel. INST:REN 'Spectrum2','Spectrum3' //Renames the loaded channel to 'Spectrum3'. 11.10 Configuring the R&S FPL1000 The remote commands required to set up the R&S FPL1000 are described here. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Configuring the Reference Frequency..................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut[:SELect]................................................................................ 957 DIAGnostic:SERVice:STESt:RESult?............................................................................... 958 SOURce:TEMPerature:FRONtend.............................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Before you can use the command, you have to feed in a calibration signal with DIAGnostic:SERVice:INPut[:SELect] on page 957. Parameters: Possible frequencies of the calibration signal are fix. If you define a frequency that is not available, the R&S FPL1000 uses the next available frequency. Example: a frequency of 20 MHz is rounded up to the next available frequency (25 MHz).
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Manual operation: See "NONE" on page 520 See "Calibration Frequency RF" on page 520 DIAGnostic:SERVice:STESt:RESult? This command queries the self-test results. Return values: String of data containing the results. The rows of the self-test result table are separated by commas. Example: DIAG:SERV:STES:RES? would return, e.g. "Total Selftest Status: PASSED", "Date (dd/mm/yyyy): 09/07/2004 TIME: 16:24:54", "Runtime: 00:06", "...
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA........................................................................ 960 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete......................................................................960 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SCALing....................................................................960 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect......................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:COMMent This command defines the comment for the selected transducer factor. Before you can use the command, you have to select and turn on a transducer. Parameters: *RST: Manual operation: See "Comment" on page 529 (empty comment) [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA {, }... This command configures transducer factors for specific trace points.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: LINear | LOGarithmic *RST: Manual operation: LINear See "X-Axis Scaling" on page 529 [SENSe:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect This command selects a transducer factor. Parameters: String containing the name of the transducer factor. If the name does not exist yet, the R&S FPL1000 creates a transducer factor by that name.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 String Unit 'DBUV/M' dBμV/m (Requires R&S FPL1-K54 (EMI measurements) option.) 'DBUA' dBμA 'DBUA/M' dBμA/m (Requires R&S FPL1-K54 (EMI measurements) option.) 'DBPW' dBpW 'DBPT' dBpT MMEMory:LOAD:TFACtor Loads the transducer factor from the selected file in .CSV format. Suffix: . irrelevant Parameters: String containing the path and name of the CSV import file. Example: MMEM:LOAD:TFAC 'C:\TEST.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 11.10.4.1 General Display Settings and Items The following commands add, remove or customize general display and screen elements. Useful commands for general display settings described elsewhere ● DISPlay[:WINDow]:MTABle on page 846 Remote commands exclusive to general display settings DISPlay:ANNotation:CBAR............................................................................................. 963 DISPlay:BLIGhting.......................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: 1 Example: DISP:ANN:FREQ OFF Manual operation: See "Diagram Footer (Annotation)" on page 505 DISPlay:SBAR[:STATe] This command turns the status bar on and off. Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: 1 Example: DISP:SBAR:OFF Manual operation: See "Status Bar" on page 505 DISPlay:SKEYs[:STATe] This command turns the softkey bar on and off.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 FRAMe Touch screen is inactivate for the diagram area of the screen, but active for softkeys, toolbars and menus. *RST: 1 Example: DISP:TOUC:STAT ON Manual operation: See "Deactivating and Activating the Touchscreen" on page 503 DISPlay[:WINDow]:TIME This command adds or removes the date and time from the display. Suffix: .
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 *RST: Manual operation: 11.10.4.2 1 See "Front Panel" on page 506 See "Mini Front Panel" on page 506 Colors and Themes Useful commands to customize display colors described elsewhere The HCOPY commands define the print colors and thus only take effect on the display colors, if the display shows the printing colors.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Return values: String containing all available display themes. Example: DISP:THEMe:CAT? Usage: Query only DISPlay:THEMe:SELect This command selects the display theme. Parameters: String containing the name of the theme. *RST: SPL Example: DISP:THEM:SEL "OceanBlue" Manual operation: See "Theme" on page 508 11.10.5 Remote Commands for Language Settings SYSTem:DISPlay:LANGuage........................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Remote commands exclusive to configuring a network and remote control SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess............................................................... 968 SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:RTERminator.......................................................... 968 SYSTem:DISPlay:LOCK................................................................................................. 969 SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate...............................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 SYSTem:DISPlay:LOCK Defines whether the "Display Update" function remains available in remote operation or not. Parameters: ON | OFF | 0 | 1 OFF | 0 The function remains available. ON | 1 The function is not available and the display is not updated during remote operation. *RST: 0 SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate This command turns the display during remote operation on and off.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Parameters: String containing the description of the instrument. Manual operation: See "Identification String" on page 582 SYSTem:KLOCk This command activates the local lockout (remote control) or returns to the local mode.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 SYSTem:LXI:LANReset This command resets the LAN configuration as required by the LXI standard. The command also resets the LXI password and instrument description. Manual operation: See "LAN Reset" on page 588 SYSTem:LXI:MDEScription This command defines the LXI instrument description. Parameters: String containing the instrument description.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 SYSTem:ERRor:LIST?................................................................................................... 974 SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?................................................................................................974 SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate............................................................................................975 SYSTem:FORMat:IDENt...........................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 DIAGnostic:SERVice:VERSinfo? This command queries information about the hardware and software components. Return values: String containing the version of hardware and software components including the types of licenses for installed options. Example: DIAG:SERV:VERS? Queries the version information. Response: Usage: Query only SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:ALL This command deletes all contents of the "System Messages" table.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Example: SYST:ERR:EXT? ALL Returns all messages for the currently active application, e.g. "Message 1","Message 2". Example: SYST:ERR:EXT? FAT,'Spectrum2' Queries fatal errors in the 'Spectrum2' application. If none have occurred, the result is: " ". Usage: Query only SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? [] This command queries the error messages that occur during R&S FPL1000 operation.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate This command starts a firmware update using the *.msi files in the selected directory. The default path is D:\FW_UPDATE. The path is changed via the MMEMory:COMMent command. To store the update files the MMEMory:DATA command is used. Only user accounts with administrator rights can perform a firmware update. Setting parameters: Example: SYST:FIRM:UPD 'D:\FW_UPDATE' Starts the firmware update from direct
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Configuring the R&S FPL1000 Manual operation: See "Service Function" on page 521 See "Send" on page 521 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:LASTresult? This command queries the results of the most recent service function you have used. Return values: Usage: Query only DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:RESults:DELete This command deletes the results of the most recent service function you have used.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Manual operation: See "Create R&S Support Information" on page 518 SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable] Provides a password for subsequent service functions. Parameters: string Example: SYST:PASS:CEN '894129' Manual operation: See "Password" on page 522 SYSTem:PASSword:RESet Clears any previously provided password and returns to the most restrictive service level. Manual operation: See "Password" on page 522 11.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands ● span and resolution bandwidth (Span/RBW) and ● resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth (RBW/VBW) This command is only available if a HP language is selected using SYSTem:LANGuage on page 978. Parameters: HP | FSP *RST: FSP Example: SYSTem:HPC HP Manual operation: See "Coupling" on page 586 SYSTem:IFGain:MODE Configures the internal IF gain settings in HP emulation mode due to the application needs.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands OFF The option is indicated as "B7J" ON The 40 MHz wideband is used. The option is indicated as "B7J, 140". HIGH The 80 MHz wideband is used. The option is indicated as "B7J, 122". *RST: OFF SYSTem:REVision[:STRing] Sets the response to the REV? query to the defined string (HP emulation only, see SYSTem:LANGuage on page 978).
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands 11.11.2 Reference: GPIB Commands of Emulated HP Models The R&S FPL1000 analyzer family supports a subset of the GPIB commands of HP models 8560E, 8561E, 8562E, 8563E, 8564E, 8565E, 8566A, 8566B, 8568A, 8568B and 8594E. Despite the differences in system architecture and device features, the supported commands have been implemented in a way to ensure a sufficiently high degree of correspondence with the original.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp. HPModels Status DLE DLE ON|OFF Display Line enable HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E DONE DONE Done query DONE? HP 856xE/ available HP 8566B/ HP 8568B/ HP 8594E DW 2) DW Write to display and increment address E1 E1 Peak Search available HP 8566A/ available HP 8568A E2 E2 Marker to Center Freq.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset GD 1) Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function KS= KS= Marker Frequency Coun- HP 8566A/ ter Resolution HP 8568A available Manual Peaking available HZ|KHZ|MHZ|GHZ Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset SUM Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Supported subset Function Corresp.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands The command structure for models A is as follows: ::= [][|][][][]… ::= [][][][][][]… ::= UP|DN where = see Table "Supported Commands" = integer or floating-point numerical value = DM | -DM | DB | HZ | KZ | MZ | GZ | MV | UV | SC | MS | US = |
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Command Known Differences FA Default value, range, step size FB Default value, range, step size ID M2 Default value, range, step size M3 Default value, range, step size MKACT Only marker 1 is supported as the active marker. MKBW Default value MKPT Step size MKPX Step size OL? Storage of instrument settings: 80 characters are returned as information on the instrument settings.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands Model # of Trace Points Start Freq. Stop Freq. Ref Level Input Coupling 8566A/B 1001 2 GHz 22 GHz 0 dBm AC 8568A/B 1001 0 Hz 1.5 GHz 0 dBm AC 8560E 601 0 Hz 2.9 GHz 0 dBm AC 8561E 601 0 Hz 6.5 GHz 0 dBm AC 8562E 601 0 Hz 13.2 GHz 0 dBm AC 8563E 601 0 Hz 26.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands byte binary data (command O4 or TDF B and MDS B) and physical values (commands O3 or TDF P). With format "display units" the level data is converted into value range and resolution of the 8566/8568 models. On transition to REMOTE state the number of trace points are reconfigured in order to be conform to the selected instrument model (1001 for 8566A/B and 8568 A/B, 601 for 8560E to 8565E, 401 for 8594E). 11.11.2.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands In many cases the selection of commands supported by the R&S FPL1000 is sufficient to run an existing GPIB program without adaptation. Table 11-12: Supported CXA/EXA commands ABORt CALCulate:MARKer:AOFF CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|...12:MAXimum CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|...12:MAXimum:LEFT CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|...12:MAXimum:NEXT CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|...12:MAXimum:RIGHt CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|...12:MINimum CALCulate:MARKer[1]|2|...
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Emulating Other Instruments' Commands MMEMory:CDIRectory[?] [] MMEMory:COPY , [, , ] MMEMory:DATA[?] , MMEMory:DELete [, ] MMEMory:LOAD:STATe 1, MMEMory:MDIRectory MMEMory:MOVE , [, , ] MMEMory:RDIRectory MMEMory:STORe:STATe 1, [:SENSe]:AVERage:COUNt[?] [:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe][?] ON | OFF
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:DELay:STATe[?] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:LEVel[?] TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:LEVel[?] TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal2:SLOPe[?] POSitive | NEGative TRIGger[:SEQuence]:EXTernal1:SLOPe[?] POSitive | NEGative TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IF:LEVel[?] TRIGger[:SEQuence]:IF:SLOPe[?] NEGative | POSitive TRIGger[:SEQuence]:SOURCe EXTernal | IMMediate | VIDeo | LINE | EXTernal1 | EXT1 | EXTernal2 | EXT2 | RFB
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register STATus:PRESet This command resets the edge detectors and ENABle parts of all registers to a defined value. All PTRansition parts are set to FFFFh, i.e. all transitions from 0 to 1 are detected. All NTRansition parts are set to 0, i.e. a transition from 1 to 0 in a CONDition bit is not detected. The ENABle part of the STATus:OPERation and STATus:QUEStionable registers are set to 0, i.e. all events in these registers are not passed on.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register 11.12.3 Reading Out the EVENt Part For more information on the event part see Chapter 10.1.7.2, "Structure of a SCPI Status Register", on page 561.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register The ENABle part allows true conditions in the EVENt part of the status register to bereported in the summary bit. If a bit is 1 in the enable register and its associated event bit transitions to true, a positive transition will occur in the summary bit reported to the next higher level. Suffix: . Window Parameters: Range: 0 to 65535 String containing the name of the channel. The parameter is optional.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register STATus:OPERation:PTRansition STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition , STATus:QUEStionable:EXTended:PTRansition , STATus:QUEStionable:EXTended:INFO:PTRansition , STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition , STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:PTRansition , STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:PTRansition
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register 'Ptransition bits CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "STAT:QUES:ENAB 32767") 'Set questionable enable bits 'for all events CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "STAT:QUES:PTR 32767") 'Set appropriate questionable 'Ptransition bits CALL viEnableEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, VI_QUEUE, 0) 'Enable the event for service 'request Status = viWaitOnEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, SRQWaitTimeout, VI_NULL, VI_NULL) IF (status = VI_SUCCESS) THEN CALL Srq 'If SRQ is r
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register '-----------------------------------------------' Your command plase use here ' mbSession.Write("Your command") '-----------------------------------------------Dim Status = mbSession.WaitOnEvent( _ MessageBasedSessionEventType.ServiceRequest, SRQWaitTimeout) If (Status.EventType() = _ MessageBasedSessionEventType.ServiceRequest) Then Console.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register Status = viWaitOnEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, SRQWaitTimeout, VI_NULL, VI_NULL) 'Wait for service request user 'inputs are not possible during 'the waiting time! IF (status = VI_SUCCESS) THEN CALL Srq 'If SRQ is recognized => 'subroutine for evaluation '--------- Sweep in first Spectrum Tab and query marker -------------------Dim Status = mbSession.WaitOnEvent( _ MessageBasedSessionEventType.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register Next i If result% = 0 Then Debug.Print "Timeout Error; Program aborted"'Output error message STOP 'Stop software Endif 11.12.7.3 Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and Mouse A frequent problem with remote control programs using Visual Basic is to insert waiting times without blocking the keyboard and the mouse.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register REM ------------ Service request routine ---------------------------------Public SUB Srq() ON ERROR GOTO noDevice 'No user existing CALL viReadSTB(analyzer, STB%) 'Serial poll, read status byte IF STB% > 0 THEN 'This instrument has bits set in 'the STB SRQFOUND% = 1 IF (STB% AND 16) > 0 THEN CALL Outputqueue IF (STB% AND 4) > 0 THEN CALL ErrorQueueHandler IF (STB% AND 8) > 0 THEN CALL Questionablestatus IF (STB% AND 128) > 0 THEN CALL Operationstatus I
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register Try Dim result As String = mbSession.ReadString() Console.WriteLine("Contents of Output Queue:" + result) Catch exp As Exception Console.WriteLine(exp.Message) End Try End Sub 11.12.7.6 Reading Error Messages REM -------- Subroutine for reading the error queue ----------------------Public SUB ErrorQueueHandler() ERROR$ = SPACE$(100) 'Make space for error variable CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "SYSTEM:ERROR?") CALL InstrRead(analyzer, ERROR$) Debug.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Using the Status Register Public SUB Operationstatus() Oper$ = SPACE$(20) 'Preallocate blanks to text 'variable CALL InstrWrite (analyzer, "STATus:OPERation:EVENt?") CALL InstrRead(analyzer, Oper$) Debug.Print "Operation Status:"; Oper$ END SUB REM *********************************************************************** REM ------ Subroutine for evaluating Questionable Status Register --------Public Sub Questionablestatus() Dim myQSR As String = Nothing Try myQSR = mbSession.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Deprecated Commands THEN Debug.Print "Command Error; Program aborted"'Output error message STOP 'Stop software END IF IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 64) > 0 THEN Debug.Print "User request" IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 128) > 0 THEN Debug.Print "Power on"END SUB REM ********************************************************************** REM ------ Subroutine for evaluating the Event Status Register -----------Public Sub Esrread() Try Dim myESR As Short = mbSession.
R&S®FPL1000 Remote Commands Deprecated Commands Suffix: . Window - Limit line irrelevant Parameters: 1 to 6 *RST: Example: 1 CALC:LIM2:TRAC 3 Assigns limit line 2 to trace 3. DISPlay[:WINDow]:STATe This command changes the display state of the selected measurement window. Note that this command is maintained for compatibility reasons only. Use the LAYout commands for new remote control programs (See Chapter 11.7.
R&S®FPL1000 Troubleshooting Error Information 12 Troubleshooting If the results do not meet your expectations, the following sections may contain helpful hints and information. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Error Information................................................................................................. 1024 Error Messages in Remote Control Mode...........................................................1025 Troubleshooting Remote Operation.................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Troubleshooting Error Messages in Remote Control Mode Table 12-2: List of keywords IF OVLD Overload of the IF signal path in the A/D converter or in the digital IF. ● Increase the reference level. INPUT OVLD The signal level at the RF input connector exceeds the maximum. The RF input is disconnected from the input mixer to protect the device. To re-enable measurement, decrease the level at the RF input connector and reconnect the RF input to the mixer input.
R&S®FPL1000 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Remote Operation Table 12-3: Device-specific error messages Error code Error text in the case of queue poll Error explanation 1052 Frontend LO is Unlocked This message is displayed when the phase regulation of the local oscillator fails in the RF front-end. 1060 Trigger-Block Gate Delay Error- gate length < Gate Delay This message is displayed when the gate signal length is not sufficient for the pull-in delay with a predefined gate delay.
R&S®FPL1000 Troubleshooting Miscellaneous Troubleshooting Hints 2. Send a "Device Clear" command from the control instrument to the R&S FPL1000 to clear all currently active remote channels. Depending on the used interface and protocol, send the following commands: ● Visa: viClear() The remote channel currently processing the incompleted command is then ready to receive further commands again. 3.
R&S®FPL1000 Troubleshooting Miscellaneous Troubleshooting Hints Invalid trace display If output to the [IF 2 GHz OUT] connector is activated, the measured values are no longer sent to the display; thus, the trace data currently displayed on the R&S FPL1000 becomes invalid. A message in the status bar indicates this situation. Data capturing takes too long Particularly for FFT sweeps, the time required to process the data may be considerably longer than the time required to capture the data.
R&S®FPL1000 Troubleshooting Collecting Information for Support If you want to apply the changed transducer values after recalling the save set you must force the application to reload the transducer file. To do so, simply open the "Edit Transducer" dialog box (see Chapter 9.7.2, "Transducer Settings", on page 525) and toggle the "X-Axis" option from "Lin" to "Log" and back.
R&S®FPL1000 Troubleshooting Collecting Information for Support Windows records important actions of applications and the operating system in event logs. You can create event log files to summarize and save the existing event logs (see "To create Windows event log files" on page 1030).
R&S®FPL1000 Troubleshooting Contacting Customer Support Figure 12-1: Event Viewer 5. Enter a file name and select "Save" Collect the error information and attach it to an email in which you describe the problem. Send the email to the customer support address for your region as listed in Chapter 12.7, "Contacting Customer Support", on page 1031.
R&S®FPL1000 Troubleshooting Contacting Customer Support Figure 12-2: QR code to the Rohde & Schwarz support page User Manual 1178.3370.
R&S®FPL1000 Transporting 13 Transporting Lifting and carrying See: ● "Lifting and carrying the product" on page 8 ● Chapter 5.1.1, "Lifting and Carrying", on page 17. Packing Use the original packaging material. It consists of antistatic wrap for electrostatic protection and packing material designed for the product. If you do not have the original packaging, use similar materials that provide the same level of protection.
R&S®FPL1000 Maintenance, Storage and Disposal Changing Fuses 14 Maintenance, Storage and Disposal The product does not require regular maintenance. It only requires occasional cleaning. It is however advisable to check the nominal data from time to time. 14.1 Cleaning How to clean the product is described in "Cleaning the product" on page 10. Do not use any liquids for cleaning. Cleaning agents, solvents (thinners, acetone), acids and bases can damage the front panel labeling, plastic parts and display.
R&S®FPL1000 Maintenance, Storage and Disposal Disposal 14.3 Handling Batteries Safe handling of batteries is described in "Handling batteries safely" on page 10. Maintenance information is provided here. Keep the batteries clean and dry. If the terminals become soiled, clean them with a dry, clean cloth. Charging batteries Charge the battery before using it for the first time. Following a long storage period, it can be necessary to charge and discharge the battery several times to reach full capacity.
R&S®FPL1000 Maintenance, Storage and Disposal Disposal obligation to take back and dispose of electrical and electronic waste. Contact your local service representative to dispose of the product. Batteries A product that contains a battery cannot be disposed of in the normal household waste after it has come to the end of its service life. It is labeled as follows: Figure 14-2: Labeling in line with Battery Directive 2006/66/EC Dispose of batteries as specified by the local waste disposal agency.
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) List of Commands (Spectrum mode) [SENSe:][WINDow:]DETector[:FUNCtion].......................................................................................... 819 [SENSe:][WINDow:]DETector[:FUNCtion]:AUTO............................................................................... 820 [SENSe:]ADJust:ALL.....................................................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) [SENSe:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe]........................................................................................... 677 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:HSPeed................................................................................................................663 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore.................................................................................................660 [SENSe:]ESPectrum:PRESet:STORe............
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) [SENSe:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence]................................................................................................................739 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:BANDwidth:RESolution....................................................................................... 689 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:BANDwidth:VIDeo............................................................................................... 690 [SENSe:]LIST:RANGe:BREak...................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:ALTernate..........................................................................645 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe]:CHANnel...........................................................................645 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:FILTer[:STATe][:ALL]......................................................................................... 645 [SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE............................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) *PSC.............................................................................................................................................................. 616 *RST.............................................................................................................................................................. 616 *SRE...............................................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) CALCulate:DELTamarker:SGRam:Y:MINimum:NEXT..................................................................... 867 CALCulate:DELTamarker:SGRam:Y:MINimum[:PEAK]................................................................... 867 CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram:FRAMe............................................................................. 864 CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram:SARea.................................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) CALCulate:LIMit- :CONTrol:OFFSet.................................................................................................... 903 CALCulate:LIMit
- :CONTrol:SHIFt....................................................................................................... 904 CALCulate:LIMit
- :CONTrol:SPACing.................................................................................................. 904 CALCulate:LIMit
- :CONTrol[:DATA].
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect.....................................................................888 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe]....................................................................888 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DETector............................................................... 730 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:FMEasurement:DWELl..............................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:BANDwidth........................................................................767 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold........................................................................ 768 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:TRACe.............................................................................. 768 CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe]...........................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) CALCulate:MARKer:SGRam:Y:MINimum:BELow............................................................................862 CALCulate:MARKer:SGRam:Y:MINimum:NEXT..............................................................................863 CALCulate:MARKer:SGRam:Y:MINimum[:PEAK]............................................................................863 CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram:FRAMe...................................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) CALCulate:SGRam:TRACe.....................................................................................................................825 CALCulate:SGRam:TSTamp:DATA?....................................................................................................... 826 CALCulate:SGRam:TSTamp[:STATe]......................................................................................................826 CALCulate:SGRam[:STATe]................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction................................................................................................................... 975 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:LASTresult?.............................................................................................. 976 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:RESults:DELete........................................................................................ 976 DIAGnostic:SERVice:SFUNction:RESults:SAVE.
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) DISPlay[:WINDow][:SUBWindow]:ZOOM:MULTiple:AREA...................................................... 813 DISPlay[:WINDow][:SUBWindow]:ZOOM:MULTiple[:STATe]................................................... 814 DISPlay[:WINDow][:SUBWindow]:ZOOM[:STATe]........................................................................... 813 FETCh:CMEasurement:P1DB[:RESult]?.........................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) HCOPy:TREPort:PAGecount:STATe..............................................................................................................951 HCOPy:TREPort:PAGesize........................................................................................................................... 950 HCOPy:TREPort:PCOLors[:STATe]...............................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) MMEMory:CATalog:LONG............................................................................................................................. 919 MMEMory:CDIRectory................................................................................................................................... 920 MMEMory:CLEar:ALL....................................................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) MMEMory:STORe:TFACtor..................................................................................................................... 962 MMEMory:STORe:TRACe.......................................................................................................................836 OUTPut:UPORt:WTRigger:POLarity............................................................................................................. 810 OUTPut:IF:IFFRequency.....
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit[:EVENt]?.................................................................................................. 1012 STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:CONDition?.......................................................................................1011 STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:ENABle............................................................................................. 1012 STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:NTRansition.............
R&S®FPL1000 List of Commands (Spectrum mode) SYSTem:KLOCk............................................................................................................................................ 970 SYSTem:LANGuage...................................................................................................................................... 970 SYSTem:LANGuage......................................................................................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Index Index Symbols *OPC ............................................................................... 558 *OPC? ............................................................................. 558 *RST ................................................................................ 576 *WAI ................................................................................ 558 # of Samples Softkey (APD, CCDF) ............................................... 218 % Power Bandwidth Softkey ..........
R&S®FPL1000 Auto all ............................................................................ 344 Auto frequency ................................................................ 344 Auto level Hysteresis ................................................................. 345 Reference level ................................................. 312, 344 Softkey .............................................................. 312, 344 Auto Peak detector ..........................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Channel Bandwidth OBW ......................................................................... 157 Softkey ...................................................................... 157 Channel bar Changing names ......................................................... 64 Information .................................................................. 61 Information, internal generator .................................. 289 Channel power Comparing (CP/ACLR) .........................................
R&S®FPL1000 Trigger In .....................................................................39 USB ...................................................................... 33, 40 Context menus .................................................................. 71 Continue single sweep Softkey ................................................................ 98, 328 Continuous Sequencer Softkey ........................................................................ 86 Continuous sweep Softkey .................
R&S®FPL1000 Remote control ......................................................... 819 Spurious Emissions range ........................................ 206 Trace ......................................................... 264, 267, 394 Device ID ................................................................. 518, 519 Device-specific commands ............................................. 548 DHCP ......................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Measurement settings .............................................. 447 Peak list ............................................................ 382, 451 SEM result files ......................................................... 190 Softkey ...................................................................... 468 Spurious Emissions result files ................................. 210 Trace data ................................................................. 450 Traces ...........................
R&S®FPL1000 Ranges (statistics) .................................................... 215 Settings ..................................................................... 341 Gate ranges Activating (statistics) ................................................. 219 Comment (statistics) ................................................. 219 Period (statistics) ...................................................... 219 Start/Stop (statistics) ................................................. 219 Statistics ......
R&S®FPL1000 Importing Functions .................................................................. 461 Softkey ...................................................................... 468 INF .................................................................................. 552 Information Hardware .................................................................. 512 Options ..................................................................... 512 Version ....................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Storing ...................................................................... 425 Threshold .......................................................... 422, 429 Time Domain Power measurement .......................... 227 Traces ....................................................................... 427 View filter .................................................................. 427 Violation .................................................................... 423 Visibility .................
R&S®FPL1000 Positioning (remote control) ...................................... 840 Programming example .............................................. 889 Remote control ......................................................... 839 Search (remote control) ............................................ 847 Setting center frequency ........................................... 362 Setting reference level .............................................. 362 Signal count .............................................
R&S®FPL1000 Name CP/ACLR channels ................................................... 141 Limit lines .................................................................. 429 Transducer lines ....................................................... 529 NAN ................................................................................. 552 NAN (not a number) Remote control ......................................................... 556 Navigation Controls .......................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Overlapping commands .................................................. 557 Preventing ................................................................. 558 Overload Internal generator ..................................................... 287 RF input (remote) ...................................................... 789 Overloading Internal generator ..................................................... 290 Overview (configuration) ...................................................
R&S®FPL1000 R&S Power Viewer ................................................... 277 Reference level ......................................................... 280 Reference level offset ............................................... 280 Results ...................................................................... 277 Selecting ................................................................... 279 Setting up .................................................................. 281 Settings .................
R&S®FPL1000 Rebooting Remote control ......................................................... 618 Recalling Calibration settings, external generator .................... 295 Settings ............................................. 457, 458, 461, 464 Settings for preset ..................................................... 467 Softkey ...................................................................... 461 Recommendations Remote control programming ...................................
R&S®FPL1000 RF attenuation Auto .......................................................................... 313 Impact ....................................................................... 309 Manual ...................................................................... 313 Mode (SEM range) ................................................... 176 Mode (Spurious Emissions range) ............................ 206 Noise floor ................................................................. 309 SEM range .....
R&S®FPL1000 Measurement (remote control) ................................. 659 Measurement result list ............................................. 185 Multiple sub blocks (Multi-SEM) ............................... 169 Peak margins ............................................................ 186 Performing ................................................................ 187 Power class ranges .................................................. 183 Power classes ............................................
R&S®FPL1000 SmartGrid Activating .................................................................... 91 Arranging windows ..................................................... 92 Display ........................................................................ 88 Evaluation bar ............................................................. 91 Features ...................................................................... 88 Mode ...........................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Trigger Offset ............................................................ 338 Trigger/Gate Config .................................................. 335 Upper Level Hysteresis ............................................. 345 Vertical Line 1/2 ........................................................ 420 Video BW Auto ..........................................................324 Video BW Manual ..................................................... 324 Zero Span ................................
R&S®FPL1000 Status bar Color coding ...................................................... 68, 1024 Error messages ................................................ 67, 1024 Error messages, internal generator .......................... 289 Hiding/restoring ......................................................... 505 Status byte Remote ............................................................. 614, 616 Status byte (STB) ............................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Manual (Softkey) ....................................................... 324 SEM range ................................................................ 176 Softkey ...................................................................... 138 Values ....................................................................... 324 Sweep time mode Spurious Emissions range ........................................ 205 Sweep Time Mode SEM range ................................................................
R&S®FPL1000 Tracking generator .......................................................... 283 Tracking threshold ........................................................... 306 Transducer factor ............................................................ 259 Transducers Activating/Deactivating ............................................. 527 Adjusting reference level .......................................... 527 Calibration with external generator ...........................
R&S®FPL1000 Video Trigger source ........................................................... 337 Video bandwidth .............................................................. 324 Auto (Softkey) ........................................................... 324 Impact ....................................................................... 318 Manual (Softkey) ....................................................... 324 RMS detector ............................................................ 318 Video output .
